TW201610823A - Reduced size user interface - Google Patents
Reduced size user interface Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201610823A TW201610823A TW104107329A TW104107329A TW201610823A TW 201610823 A TW201610823 A TW 201610823A TW 104107329 A TW104107329 A TW 104107329A TW 104107329 A TW104107329 A TW 104107329A TW 201610823 A TW201610823 A TW 201610823A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- representation
- user interface
- image
- display
- photo
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申請案主張2014年9月2日申請之美國臨時申請案第62/044,959號「Reduced Size User Interface」之優先權,該臨時申請案之內容在此以全文引用之方式併入本文中。 The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 62/044,959, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
本申請案係關於以下臨時申請案:2014年5月30日申請之標題為「Companion Application for Activity Cooperation」之美國專利申請案第62/005,793號;及2014年5月30號申請之標題為「Predefined Wireless Pairing」之美國專利申請案第62/005,751號。本申請案係關於以下申請案:2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Moving a User Interface Object Based on an Intensity of a Press Input」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040087號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Providing Feedback for Changing Activation States of a User Interface Object」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040072號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Providing Tactile Feedback for Operations Performed in a User Interface」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040070號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Facilitating User Interaction with Controls in a User Interface」之國際專利申請案第 PCT/US2013/040067號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040061號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Additional Information in Response to a User Contact」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040058號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling Nested Regions」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040056號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating Framed Graphical Objects」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040054號;2013年11月11日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Switching Between User Interfaces」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069489號;2013年11月11日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Determining Whether to Scroll or Select Content」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069486號;2013年11月11日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Moving a Cursor According to a Change in an Appearance of a Control Icon with Simulated Three-Dimensional Characteristics」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069484號;2013年11月11日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069483號;2013年11月11日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Forgoing Generation of Tactile Output for a Multi-Contact Gesture」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069479號;2013年11月11日申請之標題為 「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Navigating User Interface Hierarchies」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069472號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Moving and Dropping a User Interface Object」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040108號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Selecting User Interface Objects」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040101號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Content Associated with a Corresponding Affordance」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040098號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040093號;2013年5月8日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object within a Group of Objects」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040053號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Facilitating User Interaction with Controls in a User Interface」之美國專利申請案第61/778,211號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application」之美國專利申請案第61/778,191號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Additional Information in Response to a User Contact」之美國專利申請案第61/778,171號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling Nested Regions」之美國專利申請案第61/778,179號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating Framed Graphical Objects」之美國專利申請案第61/778,156號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,And Graphical User Interface for Navigating User Interface Hierarchies」之美國專利申請案第61/778,125號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object Within a Group of Objects」之美國專利申請案第61/778,092號;2013年3月13日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Switching Between User Interfaces」之美國專利申請案第61/778,418號;2013年3月13日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Determining Whether to Scroll or Select Content」之美國專利申請案第61/778,416號;2012年12月29日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback」之美國專利申請案第61/747,278號;2013年3月13日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Moving and Dropping a User Interface Object」之美國專利申請案第61/778,414號;2013年3月13日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Selecting User Interface Objects」之美國專利申請案第61/778,413號;2013年3月13日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Content Associated with a Corresponding Affordance」之美國專利申請案第61/778,412號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Managing Activation of a Control Based on Contact Intensity」之美國專利申請案第61/778,373號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture」之美國 專利申請案第61/778,265號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Moving a User Interface Object Based on an Intensity of a Press Input」之美國專利申請案第61/778,367號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships」之美國專利申請案第61/778,363號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Providing Feedback for Changing Activation States of a User Interface Object」之美國專利申請案第61/778,287號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Providing Tactile Feedback for Operations Performed in a User Interface」之美國專利申請案第61/778,284號;2013年3月12日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Forgoing Generation of Tactile Output for a Multi-Contact Gesture」之美國專利申請案第61/778,239號;2012年5月9日申請之標題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback」之美國專利申請案第61/688,227號;2014年5月30日申請之「Canned Answers in Messages」之美國專利申請案第62/005,958號。此等申請案之全部內容在此以引用的方式併入。 This application is related to the following provisional application: U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/005,793, entitled "Companion Application for Activity Cooperation", filed on May 30, 2014; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/005,751, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein. This application is related to the following application: International Patent Application No. PCT entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving a User Interface Object Based on an Intensity of a Press Input", filed on May 8, 2013. /US2013/040087; International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040072 entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Feedback for Changing Activation of a User Interface Object", filed on May 8, 2013 International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040070 entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Tactile Feedback for Operations Performed in a User Interface", filed on May 8, 2013; May 8, 2013 The international patent application title of "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Facilitating User Interaction with Controls in a User Interface" PCT/US2013/040067; International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application", filed on May 8, 2013; 2013 International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040058, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Additional Information in Response to a User Contact", filed on May 8, 2013; International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040056 entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling Nested Regions"; titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating", May 8, 2013 International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040054 to Framed Graphical Objects; International Patent Application No. PCT/ filed on November 11, 2013, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Switching Between User Interfaces" US2013/069489; the title of the application on November 11, 2013 is "Device, Method, and Graphical User In International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/069486 to terface for Determining or to Scroll or Select Content; and the title of the application for November 11, 2013 is "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving a Cursor According to a Change" In an Appearance of a Control Icon with Simulated Three-Dimensional Characteristics, PCT/US2013/069484; the title of the application on November 11, 2013 is "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch" International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/069483 to Input to Display Output Relationships; and the title of the application on November 11, 2013 is "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Forgoing Generation of Tactile Output for a Multi-Contact Gesture" International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/069479; the title of the application on November 11, 2013 is "Application, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving and" International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040108 to Dropping a User Interface Object; International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040108, filed on May 8, 2013, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting User Interface Objects" PCT/US2013/040101; International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040098, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Content Associated with a Corresponding Affordance", filed on May 8, 2013; International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040093, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture", filed on May 8th; "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object within a Group of O U.S. Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040053, filed on March 12, 2013, entitled,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, US Patent Application No. 61/778,191, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application", filed March 12, 2013; March 2013 US Patent Application No. 61/778,171, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Additional Information in Response to a User Contact", filed on the 12th, and the title of the application is "Device," US Patent Application No. 61/778,179 to Method and Graphical User Interface for Scrolling Nested Regions; and the title of the application on March 12, 2013 is "Device, Method, and US Patent Application No. 61/778,156 to Graphical User Interface for Manipulating Framed Graphical Objects; US Patent Application entitled "Device, Method, And Graphical User Interface for Navigating User Interface Hierarchies", filed March 12, 2013 U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/778,092, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Selecting Object Within a Group of Objects", filed on March 12, 2013; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/778,418, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Switching Between User Interfaces", filed on March 13, 2013, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface" U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/778,416, filed on Dec. 29, 2012, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic US Patent Application No. 61/747,278; US Patent Application No. 61/778,414, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Moving and Dropping a User Interface Object", filed on the 13th of March, 2013, entitled "Device, Method" , and Graphical User Interface for Selecting User Interface Objects, US Patent Application No. 61/778,413; the title of the application filed on March 13, 2013 is "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying Content Associated with a Corresponding Affordance" U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/778, 412, filed on March 12, 2013, entitled <RTI ID=0.0>>No.; the US titled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Display States in Response to a Gesture" on March 12, 2013 Patent Application No. 61/778,265; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61, filed on March 12, 2013, entitled,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/778,363, filed on March 12, 2013, entitled,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/778,287, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Feedback for Changing Activation of a User Interface Object", filed on March 12, 2013, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Providing Tactile Feedback for Operations Performed in a User Interface, US Patent Application No. 61/778,284; filed on March 12, 2013, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Forgoing Generation of Tactile Output for a Multi-Contact Gesture Application No. 61/778,239; U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 61/688,227, entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback", filed on May 9, 2012. U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/005,958, filed on May 30, 2014. The entire contents of these applications are hereby incorporated by reference.
本發明大體上係關於電腦使用者介面,且更具體言之係關於用於在縮小尺寸之使用者介面上提供相片應用程式之技術。 The present invention is generally directed to a computer user interface and, more particularly, to techniques for providing a photo application on a reduced size user interface.
現代電子器件可包括執行包括允許使用者導覽及檢視器件之顯示器(例如,觸敏式顯示器)上之相片的應用程式的各種程式之能力。 電腦技術之新近進展已使得製造商能夠生產呈相對小之外觀尺寸的此等電子器件。由小外觀尺寸產生之一個挑戰係顯示器可為小的,此情形可使得對於使用者難以導覽及檢視器件上之相片。 Modern electronic devices may include the ability to execute various programs including applications that allow a user to navigate and view photos on a display of the device (eg, a touch-sensitive display). Recent advances in computer technology have enabled manufacturers to produce such electronic devices in relatively small form factors. One challenge resulting from a small form factor is that the display can be small, which can make it difficult for the user to navigate and view the photos on the device.
另一挑戰為較小外觀尺寸可限制器件之儲存容量。此外,歸因於現代成像陣列之增加的尺寸,相片影像檔案通常需要大量記憶體來儲存。小器件上之記憶體的缺乏可准許僅受限數目之相片的儲存。 Another challenge is that the smaller form factor limits the storage capacity of the device. In addition, due to the increased size of modern imaging arrays, photo image archives typically require large amounts of memory for storage. The lack of memory on the small device permits the storage of only a limited number of photos.
因此,存在對用於在具有小外觀尺寸之器件上存取、導覽及顯示相片的使用者友好技術及縮小尺寸之使用者介面的需求。 Accordingly, there is a need for user-friendly techniques and reduced-size user interfaces for accessing, navigating, and displaying photos on devices having small form factors.
在一些實施例中,一種方法包含:在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件處:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示該相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動,用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測該可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動;及回應於偵測該可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動,將影像之第一視圖的顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖的顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以不同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示。 In some embodiments, a method includes: at an electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism: receiving, via wireless communication, data representative of a collection of photos stored on an external device; displaying on the touch-sensitive display includes a user interface of the user interface object, the user interface object representing the photo collection; detecting a first user interaction with the displayed user interface object; responding to the detection and display of the user interface object a user interaction, replacing the display of the user interface with a display of the first view of the image, the image including a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a visual representation comprising a second photo in the collection of photos a second representation of the representation, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein in the first view, the first representation and the first Secondly, detecting a first movement of the rotatable input mechanism; and in response to detecting the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism, imaging the image A display transition view for displaying a second view of the image, wherein in the second view, different from the second size to the first size of the first displayed representation and the second representation.
在一些實施例中,一種方法包含:在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件處:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使 用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示該相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測到與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動,用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測當顯示該第一視圖時該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否表示該第一表示之選擇;及回應於該接觸表示該第一表示之選擇的判定,將影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於該第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示,且其中該第一表示在影像之第二視圖之中心處顯示。 In some embodiments, a method includes: at an electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism: receiving, via wireless communication, data representative of a collection of photos stored on an external device; displaying on the touch-sensitive display includes User interface object a user interface, the user interface object representing the photo collection; detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; in response to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object, using the image The display of the first view replaces the display of the user interface, the image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the The first representation and the second representation are disposed in the fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size; detecting when the a first view of the touch on the touch sensitive display; determining whether the contact indicates a selection of the first representation; and in response to the determining that the contact indicates a selection of the first representation, converting the display of the first view of the image to Displaying a second view of the image, wherein in the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and wherein the first It represents displayed in the center of the second view image place.
在一些實施例中,一種方法包含:在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件處:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示該相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,用一影像替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中;偵測該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸之第一接觸點,其中該第一接觸點對應於該影像上之第一位置;判定該接觸之持續時間是否超出一預定臨限值;及回應於該接觸之持續時間超出該預定臨限值的判定,顯示該第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分的放大視圖。 In some embodiments, a method includes: at an electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism: receiving, via wireless communication, data representative of a collection of photos stored on an external device; displaying on the touch-sensitive display includes a user interface of the user interface object, the user interface object representing the photo collection; detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; and responding to the user detecting and displaying the user interface object Interactively replacing the display of the user interface with an image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein The first representation and the second representation are disposed in the fixed position relative to each other in the image; detecting a first contact point of the contact on the touch-sensitive display, wherein the first contact point corresponds to the first image on the image a location; determining whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; and responding to the duration of the contact exceeding the predetermined Value determination, an enlarged view showing a portion of the periphery of the image or the position adjacent to the first.
在一些實施例中,一種方法包含:在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋 轉輸入機構之電子器件處,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與該觸敏式顯示器之接觸的強度:經由無線通信接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合的資料,其中該第一集合及該第二集合儲存於外部器件上;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括表示該第一集合之使用者介面物件的使用者介面;偵測與該使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與該使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,用表示該第一相片集合之第一影像之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示;偵測當顯示該第一影像時該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的判定,用表示該第二相片集合之第二影像之顯示替換該第一影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, a method includes: having a touch sensitive display and being rotatable Transducing the electronic device of the input mechanism, wherein the touch-sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect the intensity of contact with the touch-sensitive display: receiving the first photo collection and the second photo collection via wireless communication The first set and the second set are stored on the external device; the user interface including the user interface object representing the first set is displayed on the touch sensitive display; the user interface is detected and detected User interaction of the object; in response to detecting the user interaction with the user interface object, replacing the display of the user interface with a display indicating the first image of the first photo collection; detecting when the first display is displayed a contact on the touch-sensitive display when the image is; determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity higher than a threshold intensity; and responding to the determination that the characteristic intensity is higher than the threshold intensity, using the second representative of the second photo collection The display of the image replaces the display of the first image.
在一些實施例中,一種方法包含:在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件處,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與該觸敏式顯示器之接觸的強度:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示該集合中之該等相片中之至少一者;在該至少一個所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處偵測該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的判定,顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,其中該使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, a method includes: at an electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism, wherein the touch-sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect with the touch-sensitive display Intensity of contact: receiving, via wireless communication, data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; displaying at least one of the photos in the collection on the touch-sensitive display; in the at least one of the displayed photos Detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive display at a position of the photo; determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity higher than a threshold intensity; and in response to determining that the characteristic intensity is higher than the threshold intensity, the display includes at least one use The user interface function table of the interface object, wherein the user interface object represents an option to share the first photo or display the first photo on the display of the electronic device as the background of the user interface.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示單元,其經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸;可旋轉輸入機構單元,其經組態以接收旋轉輸入;無線通信單元,其經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信;及處理單元,其耦接至觸敏式顯示單元、可旋轉輸入機構單元及無線通信單元,該處理單元經組態以:藉由該無線通信單元經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;使得能夠在該觸 敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動,使得能夠用影像之第一視圖的顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括該相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測該可旋轉輸入機構單元之第一移動;及回應於偵測該可旋轉輸入機構單元之第一移動,使得能夠自影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變至該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以不同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display unit configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts; a rotatable input mechanism unit configured to receive a rotational input; a wireless communication unit, It is configured to transmit and receive wireless communications; and a processing unit coupled to the touch-sensitive display unit, the rotatable input mechanism unit, and the wireless communication unit, the processing unit configured to: via the wireless communication unit Wireless communication receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; enabling enabling The user interface of the user interface object is displayed on the sensitive display, the user interface object represents a photo collection; detecting the first user interaction with the displayed user interface object; responding to the detection and the displayed use The first user interaction of the interface object enables replacement of the display of the user interface with a display of the first view of the image, the image including a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and including the a second representation of the visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, the first The first display and the second representation are displayed in size; the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism unit is detected; and the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism unit is detected, such that the first view of the image is enabled Displaying a display transitioning to a second view of the image, wherein in the second view, displaying the first representation and the second dimension in a second size different from the first size Representation.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示單元,其經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸;可旋轉輸入機構單元,其經組態以接收旋轉輸入;無線通信單元,其經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信;及處理單元,其耦接至觸敏式顯示單元、可旋轉輸入機構單元及無線通信單元,該處理單元經組態以:藉由該無線通信單元經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;使得能夠在該觸敏式顯示單元上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,使得能夠用影像之第一視圖的顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測當顯示該第一視圖時該 觸敏式顯示單元上之接觸;判定該接觸是否表示該第一表示之選擇;及回應於該接觸表示該第一表示之選擇的判定,使得能夠自影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變至該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於該第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示,且其中該第一表示在影像之第二視圖之中心處顯示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display unit configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts; a rotatable input mechanism unit configured to receive a rotational input; a wireless communication unit, It is configured to transmit and receive wireless communications; and a processing unit coupled to the touch-sensitive display unit, the rotatable input mechanism unit, and the wireless communication unit, the processing unit configured to: via the wireless communication unit Wireless communication receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; enabling display of a user interface including a user interface object on the touch-sensitive display unit, the user interface object representing a collection of photos; detection and display User interaction of the user interface object; in response to detecting the user interaction with the displayed user interface object, the display of the user interface can be replaced with the display of the first view of the image, the image including a first representation of the visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a view of the second photo in the collection of photos a second representation of the representation, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein in the first view, the first representation and the first Second representation; detecting when the first view is displayed a contact on the touch-sensitive display unit; determining whether the contact indicates a selection of the first representation; and in response to the determining that the contact indicates a selection of the first representation, enabling transition from the display of the first view of the image to the image a second view display, wherein in the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and wherein the first representation is at a center of the second view of the image Displayed at the place.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示單元,其經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸;可旋轉輸入機構單元,其經組態以接收旋轉輸入;無線通信單元,其經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信;及處理單元,其耦接至觸敏式顯示單元、可旋轉輸入機構單元及無線通信單元,該處理單元經組態以:藉由該無線通信單元經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;使得能夠在該觸敏式顯示單元上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,使得能夠用一影像替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中;偵測該觸敏式顯示單元上之接觸之第一接觸點,其中該第一接觸點對應於該影像上之第一位置;判定該接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值;及回應於該接觸之持續時間超出該預定臨限值的判定,使得能夠顯示第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分的放大視圖。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display unit configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts; a rotatable input mechanism unit configured to receive a rotational input; a wireless communication unit, It is configured to transmit and receive wireless communications; and a processing unit coupled to the touch-sensitive display unit, the rotatable input mechanism unit, and the wireless communication unit, the processing unit configured to: via the wireless communication unit Wireless communication receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; enabling display of a user interface including a user interface object on the touch-sensitive display unit, the user interface object representing a collection of photos; detection and display User interaction of the user interface object; in response to detecting the user interaction with the displayed user interface object, the display of the user interface can be replaced with an image comprising the photo collection a first representation of a visual representation of the photo and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos The first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image; detecting a first contact point of the contact on the touch-sensitive display unit, wherein the first contact point corresponds to the a first position on the image; determining whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; and determining that the duration of the contact exceeds the predetermined threshold enables display of an image around or adjacent to the first location A magnified view of a part.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示單元,其經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸,其中該觸敏式顯示單元包含一或多個強度感測器單元以偵測與該觸敏式顯示單元之接觸強度;可旋轉輸入機構單元,其經組態以接收旋轉輸入;無線通信單元,其經 組態以傳輸及接收無線通信;及處理單元,其耦接至觸敏式顯示單元、一或多個強度感測器單元、可旋轉輸入機構單元及無線通信單元,該處理單元經組態以:藉由該無線通信單元經由無線通信接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合的資料,其中第一集合及第二集合儲存於外部器件上;使得能夠在該觸敏式顯示單元上顯示包括表示第一集合之使用者介面物件的使用者介面;偵測與該使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與該使用者介面物件之使用者互動,使得能夠用表示第一相片集合之第一影像之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示;偵測當顯示該第一影像時該觸敏式顯示單元上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的判定,使得能夠用表示第二相片集合之第二影像之顯示替換第一影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes a touch sensitive display unit configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts, wherein the touch sensitive display unit includes one or more intensity sensor units to detect Measuring the contact strength with the touch sensitive display unit; a rotatable input mechanism unit configured to receive a rotary input; a wireless communication unit Configuring to transmit and receive wireless communications; and a processing unit coupled to the touch sensitive display unit, the one or more intensity sensor units, the rotatable input mechanism unit, and the wireless communication unit, the processing unit configured Receiving, by the wireless communication unit, data representing the first photo collection and the second photo collection via wireless communication, wherein the first set and the second set are stored on the external device; enabling display on the touch sensitive display unit Representing a user interface of the first set of user interface objects; detecting user interaction with the user interface object; and responding to detecting user interaction with the user interface object to enable representation of the first photo collection The display of the first image replaces the display of the user interface; detecting the contact on the touch sensitive display unit when the first image is displayed; determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity above a threshold intensity; and responding to The determination that the characteristic intensity is higher than the threshold intensity enables replacement of the display of the first image with the display of the second image representing the second photo collection.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示單元,其經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸;其中觸敏式顯示單元包含一或多個強度感測器單元以偵測與觸敏式顯示單元之接觸強度;可旋轉輸入機構單元,其經組態以接收旋轉輸入;無線通信單元,其經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信;及處理單元,其耦接至觸敏式顯示單元、一或多個強度感測器單元、可旋轉輸入機構單元及無線通信單元,該處理單元經組態以:藉由該無線通信單元經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;使得能夠在該觸敏式顯示單元上顯示該集合中之該等相片中之至少一者;在該至少一所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處偵測該觸敏式顯示單元上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的判定,使得能夠顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,其中該使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display unit configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts; wherein the touch sensitive display unit includes one or more intensity sensor units to detect Contact strength with a touch sensitive display unit; a rotatable input mechanism unit configured to receive a rotary input; a wireless communication unit configured to transmit and receive wireless communication; and a processing unit coupled to the touch sensitive a display unit, one or more intensity sensor units, a rotatable input mechanism unit, and a wireless communication unit, the processing unit configured to: receive, via the wireless communication unit, a photo stored on the external device via wireless communication Collecting data; enabling display of at least one of the photos in the set on the touch-sensitive display unit; detecting the touch-sensitive display unit at a position of the first photo of the at least one displayed photo Contacting; determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity above a threshold strength; and in response to the determination that the characteristic intensity is higher than the threshold strength, enabling At least one user interface object comprising the user interface menu, where the user interface object represents the first to share photos or photos show a first option as the background user interface on a display of the electronic device.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器;可旋轉輸入機構;一或多個處理器;記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存於記憶體中且經組態以由一或多個處理器執行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行以下操作之指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之該第一使用者互動,用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測該可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動;及回應於偵測該可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動,將影像之第一視圖的顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖的顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以不同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory And configured to be executed by one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: receiving, via wireless communication, data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; in a touch-sensitive display Displaying a user interface including a user interface object, the user interface object representing a photo collection; detecting a first user interaction with the displayed user interface object; responding to the detection and displayed user interface object The first user interaction replaces the display of the user interface with the display of the first view of the image, the image including a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second of the collection of photos a second representation of the visual representation of the photo, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein In the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size; the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism is detected; and in response to detecting the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the image is The display of the first view transitions to a display of the second view of the image, wherein in the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size different from the first size.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器;可旋轉輸入機構;一或多個處理器;記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存於記憶體中且經組態以由一或多個處理器執行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行以下操作之指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第 一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測當顯示該第一視圖時該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否表示該第一表示之選擇;及回應於該接觸表示該第一表示之選擇的判定,將影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於該第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示,且其中該第一表示在影像之第二視圖之中心處顯示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory And configured to be executed by one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: receiving, via wireless communication, data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; in a touch-sensitive display Displaying a user interface including a user interface object, the user interface object representing a photo collection; detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; responding to the detection and display of the user interface object User interaction, replacing the display of the user interface with a display of the first view of the image, the image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a visual representation comprising a second photo in the collection of photos Second representation of which a representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size; detecting when the first a contact on the touch-sensitive display in a view; determining whether the contact indicates a selection of the first representation; and in response to the determining that the contact indicates a selection of the first representation, converting the display of the first view of the image to the Displaying a second view of the image, wherein in the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and wherein the first representation is in a second view of the image Displayed at the center.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器;可旋轉輸入機構;一或多個處理器;記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存於記憶體中且經組態以由一或多個處理器執行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行以下操作之指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,用影像替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在該影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中;偵測該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸之第一接觸點,其中該第一接觸點對應於該影像上之第一位置;判定該接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值;及回應於該接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值的判定,顯示第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分的放大視圖。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory And configured to be executed by one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising instructions for: receiving, via wireless communication, data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; in a touch-sensitive display Displaying a user interface including a user interface object, the user interface object representing a photo collection; detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; responding to the detection and display of the user interface object User interaction, replacing the display of the user interface with an image, the image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein The first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image; detecting the first contact on the touch sensitive display a contact, wherein the first contact point corresponds to a first position on the image; determining whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; and in response to determining that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, displaying An enlarged view of a portion of an image around or adjacent to a location.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與觸敏式顯示器之接觸強度;可旋轉輸入機構;一或多個處理器;記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存於記憶體中且經組態以由一或多個處理器執 行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行以下操作之指令:經由無線通信接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合的資料,其中該第一及第二集合儲存於外部器件上;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括表示該第一集合之使用者介面物件的使用者介面;偵測與該使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與該使用者介面物件之該使用者互動,用表示該第一相片集合之第一影像之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示;偵測當顯示該第一影像時該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的判定,用表示該第二相片集合之第二影像之顯示替換該第一影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display, wherein the touch sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect contact strength with a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; one or more a processor; and one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving data representing the first photo collection and the second photo collection via wireless communication, wherein the first and second sets are stored on an external device; Displaying, on the touch-sensitive display, a user interface including the user interface object of the first set; detecting user interaction with the user interface object; and responding to detecting the user interaction with the user interface object Replacing the display of the user interface with a display indicating the first image of the first photo collection; detecting contact on the touch sensitive display when the first image is displayed; determining whether the contact has a higher than the threshold strength The characteristic intensity; and in response to the determination that the characteristic intensity is greater than the threshold intensity, the display of the first image is replaced with a display representing the second image of the second photo collection.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與觸敏式顯示器之接觸強度;可旋轉輸入機構;一或多個處理器;記憶體;及一或多個程式,其中該一或多個程式儲存於記憶體中且經組態以由一或多個處理器執行,該一或多個程式包括用於執行以下操作之指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示該集合中之該等相片中之至少一者;在該至少一所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處偵測該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的判定,顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,其中該使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display, wherein the touch sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect contact strength with a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; one or more And one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by one or more processors, the one or more programs being included for execution An instruction to receive, via wireless communication, data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; displaying at least one of the photos in the collection on the touch-sensitive display; at the at least one displayed photo Detecting a contact on the touch sensitive display at a position of the first photo; determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity higher than a threshold intensity; and in response to the determining that the characteristic intensity is higher than the threshold intensity, the display includes at least one a user interface function table of the user interface object, wherein the user interface object indicates that the first photo is shared or the first photo is displayed on the display of the electronic device as a user Options backgrounds face of.
在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含當藉由具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件的一或多個處理器執行時引起該電子器件執行以下操作的指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該 使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動,用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測該可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動;及回應於偵測該可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動,將影像之第一視圖的顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖的顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以不同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示。 In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs, including one or more of the electronic devices by having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism The processor, when executed, causes the electronic device to: receive, via wireless communication, data indicative of a collection of photos stored on the external device; display a user interface including the user interface object on the touch-sensitive display, The user interface object represents a collection of photos; detecting a first user interaction with the displayed user interface object; in response to detecting the first user interaction with the displayed user interface object, using the first view of the image The display replaces the display of the user interface, the image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first And the second representation is disposed in the fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size; detecting the rotatable input mechanism a first movement; and in response to detecting the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism, converting the display of the first view of the image to the display of the second view of the image, wherein, in the second view, different from the first A second dimension of a size displays the first representation and the second representation.
在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含當藉由具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件的一或多個處理器執行時引起該電子器件執行以下操作的指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動,用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;偵測當顯示該第一視圖時該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否表示該第一表示之選擇;及回應於該接觸表示第一表示之選擇的判定,將影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於該第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示,且其中該第一表示在影像之 第二視圖之中心處顯示。 In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs, including one or more of the electronic devices by having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism The processor, when executed, causes the electronic device to: receive, via wireless communication, data indicative of a collection of photos stored on the external device; display a user interface including the user interface object on the touch-sensitive display, the use The interface object represents a collection of photos; detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; in response to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object, replacing the user with the display of the first view of the image The display of the interface, the image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation Arranged in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, the first table is displayed in a first size And the second representation; detecting a contact on the touch-sensitive display when the first view is displayed; determining whether the contact indicates a selection of the first representation; and in response to the determining that the contact indicates a selection of the first representation, Converting the display of the first view of the image to the display of the second view of the image, wherein in the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and wherein The first representation is in the image Displayed at the center of the second view.
在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含當藉由具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件的一或多個處理器執行時引起該電子器件執行以下操作的指令:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動,用一影像替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中;偵測該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸之第一接觸點,其中該第一接觸點對應於影像上之第一位置;判定該接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值;及回應於該接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值的判定,顯示第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分的放大視圖。 In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs, including one or more of the electronic devices by having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism The processor, when executed, causes the electronic device to: receive, via wireless communication, data indicative of a collection of photos stored on the external device; display a user interface including the user interface object on the touch-sensitive display, the use The interface object represents a collection of photos; detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; in response to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object, replacing the display of the user interface with an image, The image includes a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation are relative to the second representation in the image Configuring each other in a fixed position; detecting a first contact point of contact on the touch-sensitive display, wherein the first contact point pair a first position on the image; determining whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; and in response to the determination that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, displaying a portion of the image around or adjacent to the first location Zoom in on the view.
在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含在由具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件的一或多個處理器執行時引起該電子器件執行以下操作的指令,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與觸敏式顯示器之接觸強度:經由無線通信接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合的資料,其中第一集合及第二集合儲存於外部器件上;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括表示第一集合之使用者介面物件的使用者介面;偵測與該使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測與使用者介面物件之使用者互動,用表示第一相片集合之第一影像之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示;偵測當顯示該第一影像時該觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於 臨限強度的判定,用表示第二相片集合之第二影像之顯示替換第一影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs, the one or more programs being included in one or more processes of an electronic device having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism The device causes the electronic device to execute an instruction to: the touch sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect a contact strength with the touch sensitive display: receiving the first photo collection via the wireless communication The data of the two photo collections, wherein the first set and the second set are stored on the external device; displaying, on the touch-sensitive display, a user interface including the user interface object representing the first set; detecting and the user interface User interaction of the object; in response to detecting user interaction with the user interface object, replacing the display of the user interface with the display of the first image representing the first photo collection; detecting the touch when the first image is displayed Contact on the sensitive display; determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity above a threshold strength; and responding to the characteristic being stronger than The determination of the threshold intensity replaces the display of the first image with a display representing the second image of the second collection of photos.
在一些實施例中,一種非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體儲存一或多個程式,該一或多個程式包含在由具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之電子器件的一或多個處理器執行時引起該電子器件執行以下操作的指令,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與觸敏式顯示器之接觸強度:經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料;在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示集合中之相片中之至少一者;在至少一所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處偵測觸敏式顯示器上之接觸;判定該接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度;及回應於該特性強度高於該臨限強度的一判定,顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,其中該使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, a non-transitory computer readable storage medium stores one or more programs, the one or more programs being included in one or more processes of an electronic device having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism The device, when executed, causes the electronic device to execute an instruction, wherein the touch-sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect contact strength with the touch-sensitive display: receiving via wireless communication means storing on an external device Photographing data; displaying at least one of the photos in the collection on the touch-sensitive display; detecting contact on the touch-sensitive display at a position of the first photo of the at least one displayed photo; determining whether the contact is Having a characteristic intensity above the threshold strength; and in response to the determination that the characteristic intensity is greater than the threshold intensity, displaying a user interface function table including at least one user interface object, wherein the user interface object representation is used The option to share the first photo or display the first photo on the display of the electronic device as the background of the user interface.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器;可旋轉輸入機構;及用於經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料的構件;用於在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面的構件,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;用於偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動的構件;用於回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動、用影像之第一視圖的顯示替換使用者介面之顯示的構件,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;用於偵測可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動的構件;及用於回應於偵測可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動、將影像之第一視圖的顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖的顯示的構件,其中,在第二視圖中,以不 同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; and means for receiving data representing a collection of photos stored on the external device via wireless communication; for use in the touch sensitive display Displaying a component including a user interface of the user interface object, the user interface object representing a photo collection; means for detecting interaction with the first user of the displayed user interface object; for responding to the detection and a first user interaction of the displayed user interface object, a component that replaces the display of the user interface with a display of the first view of the image, the image including a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, a first display and the second representation; a component for detecting a first movement of the rotatable input mechanism; and for responding to the detection A first rotary movement of the input means, the display transition of the first view image is displayed for a second view of the image member, wherein in the second view, not to The first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size that is the same as the first size.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器;可旋轉輸入機構;及用於經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料的構件;用於在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面的構件,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;用於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動的構件;用於回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動、用影像之第一視圖的顯示替換使用者介面之顯示的構件,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示;用於偵測當顯示第一視圖時觸敏式顯示器上之接觸的構件;用於判定該接觸是否表示第一表示之選擇的構件;及及用於回應於該接觸表示第一表示之選擇的一判定、將影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變為該影像之第二視圖之顯示的構件,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於該第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示該第一表示及該第二表示,且其中該第一表示在影像之第二視圖之中心處顯示。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; and means for receiving data representing a collection of photos stored on the external device via wireless communication; for use in the touch sensitive display Displaying a component including a user interface of the user interface object, the user interface object representing a collection of photos; means for detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; for responding to the detection and location User interaction of the displayed user interface object, replacing the display of the user interface with the display of the first view of the image, the image including the first representation including the visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and including the photo a second representation of the visual representation of the second photo in the collection, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and wherein, in the first view, the first size is displayed The first representation and the second representation; means for detecting contact on the touch-sensitive display when the first view is displayed; a means for indicating whether the first representation is selected; and means for responding to the determination that the contact indicates the selection of the first representation, and converting the display of the first view of the image to the display of the second view of the image, Wherein, in the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and wherein the first representation is displayed at a center of the second view of the image.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器;可旋轉輸入機構;用於經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料的構件;用於在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面的構件,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;用於偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動的構件;用於回應於偵測與所顯示之使用者介面物件之使用者互動、用影像替換使用者介面之顯示的構件,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中該第一表示及該第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中;用於偵測該 觸敏式顯示器上之接觸之第一接觸點的構件,其中該第一接觸點對應於影像上之第一位置;用於判定該接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值的構件;及用於回應於接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值的判定、顯示第一位置周圍或鄰近處之該影像之一部分的放大視圖的構件。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; means for receiving data representative of a collection of photos stored on the external device via wireless communication; for use on the touch sensitive display Displaying a user interface including a user interface of the user interface object, the user interface object representing a collection of photos; means for detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object; for responding to detection and display User interaction of the user interface object, replacing the display of the user interface with an image, the image comprising a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a visual representation comprising the second photo in the collection of photos a second representation of the representation, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image; for detecting the a member of the touch sensitive display that contacts the first contact point, wherein the first contact point corresponds to a first position on the image; a member for determining whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; and A means for displaying an enlarged view of a portion of the image around or adjacent to the first location in response to a determination that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與觸敏式顯示器之接觸強度;可旋轉輸入機構;及用於經由無線通信接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合的資料的構件,其中第一集合及第二集合儲存於外部器件上;用於在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示包括表示第一集合之使用者介面物件的使用者介面的構件;用於偵測與該使用者介面物件之使用者互動的構件;用於回應於偵測與使用者介面物件之使用者互動、用表示第一相片集合之第一影像之顯示替換該使用者介面之顯示的構件;用於偵測當顯示第一影像時觸敏式顯示器上之接觸的構件;用於判定接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度的構件;及用於回應於該特性強度高於臨限強度的判定、用表示第二相片集合之第二影像之顯示替換第一影像之顯示的構件。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display, wherein the touch sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect contact strength with a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; and Receiving, by wireless communication, means for representing data of the first photo collection and the second photo collection, wherein the first set and the second set are stored on an external device; and displaying on the touch-sensitive display includes indicating use of the first set a user interface component of the interface object; a component for detecting interaction with a user of the user interface object; for responding to detecting user interaction with the user interface object, using the first photo collection a display for replacing the display of the user interface; a member for detecting contact on the touch-sensitive display when displaying the first image; and a feature for determining whether the contact has a characteristic strength higher than the threshold strength And a means for replacing the display of the first image with the display of the second image representing the second photo collection in response to the determination that the characteristic intensity is greater than the threshold intensity Member.
在一些實施例中,一種電子器件包含:觸敏式顯示器,其中該觸敏式顯示器包含一或多個感測器以偵測與觸敏式顯示器之接觸強度;可旋轉輸入機構;及用於經由無線通信接收表示儲存在外部器件上之相片集合的資料的構件;用於在該觸敏式顯示器上顯示該集合中之該等相片中之至少一者的構件;用於在至少一所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處偵測觸敏式顯示器上之接觸的構件;用於判定接觸是否具有高於臨限強度的特性強度的構件;及用於回應於特性強度高於臨限強度的判定、顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表的構件,其中該使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a touch sensitive display, wherein the touch sensitive display includes one or more sensors to detect contact strength with a touch sensitive display; a rotatable input mechanism; and Means for receiving data representing a collection of photos stored on the external device via wireless communication; means for displaying at least one of the photos of the collection on the touch-sensitive display; for displaying at least one a member for detecting contact on the touch-sensitive display at a position of the first photo of the photo; a member for determining whether the contact has a characteristic strength higher than a threshold strength; and for responding to a characteristic strength higher than a threshold strength Determining, displaying, by the user interface function table comprising at least one user interface object, wherein the user interface object represents a background for sharing the first photo or displaying the first photo on the display of the electronic device as a user interface Option.
100‧‧‧攜帶型多功能器件 100‧‧‧Portable Multifunction Devices
102‧‧‧記憶體 102‧‧‧ memory
103‧‧‧通信匯流排或信號線 103‧‧‧Communication bus or signal line
104‧‧‧晶片 104‧‧‧ wafer
106‧‧‧輸入/輸出(I/O)子系統 106‧‧‧Input/Output (I/O) Subsystem
108‧‧‧RF電路 108‧‧‧RF circuit
110‧‧‧音訊電路 110‧‧‧Optical circuit
111‧‧‧揚聲器 111‧‧‧Speakers
112‧‧‧觸敏式顯示器系統 112‧‧‧Touch-sensitive display system
113‧‧‧麥克風 113‧‧‧ microphone
116‧‧‧輸入控制器件 116‧‧‧Input control device
118‧‧‧周邊器件介面 118‧‧‧ peripheral device interface
120‧‧‧處理單元 120‧‧‧Processing unit
122‧‧‧記憶體控制器 122‧‧‧ memory controller
124‧‧‧外部埠 124‧‧‧External information
126‧‧‧作業系統 126‧‧‧ operating system
128‧‧‧通信模組 128‧‧‧Communication Module
130‧‧‧接觸/運動模組 130‧‧‧Contact/Motion Module
132‧‧‧圖形模組 132‧‧‧Graphics module
133‧‧‧觸感回饋模組 133‧‧‧Tactile feedback module
134‧‧‧文字輸入模組 134‧‧‧Text Input Module
135‧‧‧全球定位系統(GPS)模組 135‧‧‧Global Positioning System (GPS) module
136‧‧‧應用程式 136‧‧‧Application
136-1‧‧‧應用程式 136-1‧‧‧Application
137‧‧‧連絡人 137‧‧‧Contacts
138‧‧‧電話模組 138‧‧‧Phone module
139‧‧‧視訊會議模組 139‧‧‧Video Conferencing Module
140‧‧‧電子郵件 140‧‧‧Email
141‧‧‧即時訊息傳遞(IM)模組 141‧‧‧ Instant Messaging (IM) Module
142‧‧‧健身支援模組 142‧‧‧Fitness Support Module
143‧‧‧攝影機模組 143‧‧‧ camera module
144‧‧‧影像管理模組 144‧‧‧Image Management Module
145‧‧‧視訊播放器模組 145‧‧‧Video Player Module
146‧‧‧音樂播放器模組 146‧‧‧Music player module
147‧‧‧瀏覽器模組 147‧‧‧ browser module
148‧‧‧行事曆模組 148‧‧‧ calendar module
149‧‧‧介面工具集模組 149‧‧‧Interface Tool Set Module
149-1‧‧‧天氣介面工具集 149-1‧‧‧Weather Interface Tool Set
149-2‧‧‧股票介面工具集 149-2‧‧‧ Stock Interface Tool Set
149-3‧‧‧計算器介面工具集 149-3‧‧‧Calculator Interface Tool Set
149-4‧‧‧鬧鐘介面工具集 149-4‧‧‧Alarm interface tool set
149-5‧‧‧辭典介面工具集 149-5‧‧‧ dictionary interface tool set
149-6‧‧‧使用者建立之介面工具集 149-6‧‧‧User-created interface toolset
150‧‧‧介面工具集建立者模組 150‧‧‧Interface Tool Set Builder Module
151‧‧‧搜尋模組 151‧‧‧Search Module
152‧‧‧視訊及音樂播放器模組 152‧‧‧Video and music player module
153‧‧‧備忘錄模組 153‧‧‧Memorandum module
154‧‧‧地圖模組 154‧‧‧Map module
155‧‧‧連線視訊模組 155‧‧‧Connected video module
156‧‧‧顯示控制器 156‧‧‧ display controller
157‧‧‧器件/全域內部狀態 157‧‧‧Device/Global Internal Status
158‧‧‧光學感測器控制器 158‧‧‧ Optical Sensor Controller
159‧‧‧強度感測器控制器 159‧‧‧Intensity sensor controller
160‧‧‧輸入控制器 160‧‧‧Input controller
161‧‧‧觸感回饋控制器 161‧‧‧Tactile feedback controller
162‧‧‧電力系統 162‧‧‧Power system
164‧‧‧光學感測器 164‧‧‧Optical sensor
165‧‧‧接觸強度感測器 165‧‧‧Contact intensity sensor
166‧‧‧近接感測器 166‧‧‧ proximity sensor
167‧‧‧觸覺輸出產生器 167‧‧‧Tactile output generator
168‧‧‧加速度計 168‧‧‧Accelerometer
170‧‧‧事件分類器 170‧‧‧ Event Classifier
171‧‧‧事件監視器 171‧‧‧ event monitor
172‧‧‧點選視圖判定模組 172‧‧‧Click view determination module
173‧‧‧作用中事件辨識器判定模組 173‧‧‧Active event recognizer decision module
174‧‧‧事件分派程式模組 174‧‧‧ Event Dispatching Module
176‧‧‧資料更新程式 176‧‧‧data update program
177‧‧‧物件更新程式 177‧‧‧Object update program
178‧‧‧GUI更新程式 178‧‧‧GUI update program
179‧‧‧事件資料 179‧‧‧Event data
180‧‧‧事件辨識器 180‧‧‧Event recognizer
182‧‧‧事件接收器模組 182‧‧‧ Event Receiver Module
183‧‧‧後設資料 183‧‧‧Subsequent information
184‧‧‧事件比較器 184‧‧‧ event comparator
186‧‧‧事件定義 186‧‧‧ Event definition
187-1‧‧‧事件1 187-1‧‧‧Event 1
187-2‧‧‧事件2 187-2‧‧‧Event 2
188‧‧‧事件遞送指令 188‧‧‧ Event Delivery Instructions
190‧‧‧事件處置程式 190‧‧‧Event Disposal Program
191‧‧‧應用程式視圖 191‧‧‧Application View
192‧‧‧應用程式內部狀態 192‧‧‧Application internal state
200‧‧‧使用者介面 200‧‧‧User interface
202‧‧‧手指 202‧‧‧ fingers
203‧‧‧觸控筆 203‧‧‧ stylus
204‧‧‧功能表按鈕 204‧‧‧Menu button
206‧‧‧推按按鈕 206‧‧‧Push button
208‧‧‧音量調整按鈕 208‧‧‧Volume adjustment button
210‧‧‧用戶識別模組(SIM)卡槽 210‧‧‧User Identification Module (SIM) card slot
212‧‧‧耳機插口 212‧‧‧ headphone jack
300‧‧‧器件 300‧‧‧Devices
310‧‧‧處理單元 310‧‧‧Processing unit
320‧‧‧通信匯流排 320‧‧‧Communication bus
330‧‧‧輸入/輸出(I/O)介面 330‧‧‧Input/Output (I/O) interface
340‧‧‧顯示器 340‧‧‧ display
350‧‧‧鍵盤/滑鼠 350‧‧‧Keyboard/mouse
355‧‧‧觸控板 355‧‧‧ Trackpad
357‧‧‧觸覺輸出產生器 357‧‧‧Tactile output generator
359‧‧‧感測器 359‧‧‧ sensor
360‧‧‧通信介面 360‧‧‧Communication interface
370‧‧‧記憶體 370‧‧‧ memory
380‧‧‧繪圖模組 380‧‧‧Drawing module
382‧‧‧呈現模組 382‧‧‧ Presentation module
384‧‧‧文書處理模組 384‧‧‧Document Processing Module
386‧‧‧網站建立模組 386‧‧‧Website building module
388‧‧‧碟片製作模組 388‧‧‧ disc production module
390‧‧‧試算表模組 390‧‧‧Trial Balance Module
400‧‧‧使用者介面 400‧‧‧User interface
402‧‧‧信號強度指示符 402‧‧‧Signal strength indicator
404‧‧‧時間 404‧‧‧Time
405‧‧‧藍芽指示符 405‧‧‧Blue indicator
406‧‧‧電池狀態指示符 406‧‧‧Battery status indicator
408‧‧‧系統匣 408‧‧‧System匣
410‧‧‧指示符 410‧‧‧ indicator
414‧‧‧指示符 414‧‧‧ indicator
416‧‧‧圖示 416‧‧‧ icon
418‧‧‧圖示 418‧‧‧ icon
420‧‧‧圖示 420‧‧‧ icon
422‧‧‧圖示 422‧‧‧ icon
424‧‧‧圖示 424‧‧‧ icon
426‧‧‧圖示 426‧‧‧ icon
428‧‧‧圖示 428‧‧‧ icon
430‧‧‧圖示 430‧‧‧ icon
432‧‧‧圖示 432‧‧‧ icon
434‧‧‧圖示 434‧‧‧ icon
436‧‧‧圖示 436‧‧‧ icon
438‧‧‧圖示 438‧‧‧ icon
440‧‧‧圖示 440‧‧‧ icon
442‧‧‧圖示 442‧‧‧ icon
444‧‧‧圖示 444‧‧‧ icon
446‧‧‧圖示 446‧‧‧ icon
450‧‧‧顯示器 450‧‧‧ display
451‧‧‧觸敏式表面 451‧‧‧Touch-sensitive surface
452‧‧‧主軸線 452‧‧‧ main axis
453‧‧‧主軸線 453‧‧‧Main axis
460‧‧‧接觸 460‧‧‧Contact
462‧‧‧接觸 462‧‧‧Contact
468‧‧‧接觸 468‧‧‧Contact
470‧‧‧接觸 470‧‧‧Contact
500‧‧‧個人電子器件 500‧‧‧personal electronic devices
502‧‧‧主體 502‧‧‧ Subject
504‧‧‧觸敏式顯示器螢幕/觸控式螢幕 504‧‧‧Touch-sensitive display screen/touch screen
506‧‧‧輸入機構 506‧‧‧ input mechanism
508‧‧‧輸入機構 508‧‧‧ Input institution
512‧‧‧匯流排 512‧‧‧ busbar
514‧‧‧I/O區段 514‧‧‧I/O section
516‧‧‧電腦處理器 516‧‧‧Computer Processor
518‧‧‧記憶體 518‧‧‧ memory
522‧‧‧觸敏式組件 522‧‧‧Touch sensitive components
524‧‧‧觸摸強度敏感組件 524‧‧‧Touch intensity sensitive components
530‧‧‧通信單元 530‧‧‧Communication unit
532‧‧‧GPS感測器 532‧‧‧GPS sensor
534‧‧‧加速度計 534‧‧‧Accelerometer
536‧‧‧陀螺儀 536‧‧‧Gyro
538‧‧‧運動感測器 538‧‧‧motion sensor
540‧‧‧方向感測器 540‧‧‧ Directional Sensor
600‧‧‧電子器件 600‧‧‧Electronics
602‧‧‧可旋轉輸入機構 602‧‧‧ Rotatable input mechanism
610‧‧‧使用者介面 610‧‧‧User interface
620‧‧‧使用者介面物件/圖示 620‧‧‧User interface object/illustration
624‧‧‧使用者介面物件 624‧‧‧User interface objects
650‧‧‧外部器件 650‧‧‧External devices
660‧‧‧使用者介面 660‧‧‧User interface
670‧‧‧圖示/資料夾 670‧‧‧Illustration/folder
700‧‧‧使用者互動/輕觸 700‧‧‧User interaction/touch
701‧‧‧使用者互動 701‧‧‧User interaction
702‧‧‧移動 702‧‧‧Mobile
710‧‧‧使用者介面 710‧‧‧User interface
711‧‧‧使用者介面 711‧‧‧User interface
712‧‧‧使用者介面 712‧‧‧User interface
800‧‧‧使用者互動/滑移 800‧‧‧User interaction/slip
801‧‧‧基於觸摸之示意動作 801‧‧‧Based on the gesture of touch
810‧‧‧使用者介面 810‧‧‧User interface
811‧‧‧使用者介面 811‧‧‧User interface
812‧‧‧使用者介面 812‧‧‧User interface
901‧‧‧使用者介面 901‧‧‧User interface
902‧‧‧使用者介面 902‧‧‧User interface
903‧‧‧使用者介面 903‧‧‧User interface
910‧‧‧使用者介面 910‧‧‧User interface
911‧‧‧使用者介面 911‧‧‧user interface
912‧‧‧使用者介面 912‧‧‧User interface
1000‧‧‧使用者介面 1000‧‧‧User interface
1001‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1001‧‧‧User interface objects
1002‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1002‧‧‧User interface objects
1003‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1003‧‧‧User interface objects
1004‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1004‧‧‧User interface objects
1005‧‧‧使用者互動 1005‧‧‧User interaction
1010‧‧‧使用者介面 1010‧‧‧User interface
1011‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1011‧‧‧User interface objects
1012‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1012‧‧‧User interface objects
1013‧‧‧使用者介面物件/資料夾 1013‧‧‧User interface object/folder
1014‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1014‧‧‧User interface objects
1020‧‧‧使用者介面 1020‧‧‧User interface
1021‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1021‧‧‧User interface objects
1022‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1022‧‧‧User interface objects
1023‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1023‧‧‧User interface objects
1024‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1024‧‧‧User interface object
1100‧‧‧使用者互動 1100‧‧‧User interaction
1110‧‧‧使用者介面 1110‧‧‧User interface
1120‧‧‧使用者介面 1120‧‧‧User interface
1130‧‧‧使用者介面 1130‧‧‧User interface
1140‧‧‧視圖 1140‧‧ view
1150‧‧‧複合影像 1150‧‧‧Composite imagery
1151‧‧‧表示 1151‧‧‧ indicates
1200‧‧‧使用者介面 1200‧‧‧User interface
1205‧‧‧使用者互動 1205‧‧‧User interaction
1210‧‧‧視圖 1210‧‧ view
1220‧‧‧複合影像 1220‧‧‧Composite imagery
1221‧‧‧表示 1221‧‧‧ indicates
1230‧‧‧使用者介面 1230‧‧‧User interface
1300‧‧‧使用者介面 1300‧‧‧User interface
1305‧‧‧使用者互動/移動 1305‧‧‧User interaction/moving
1310‧‧‧視圖 1310‧‧‧ view
1315‧‧‧使用者互動 1315‧‧‧User interaction
1320‧‧‧複合影像 1320‧‧‧Composite imagery
1325‧‧‧移動 1325‧‧‧Mobile
1330‧‧‧使用者介面 1330‧‧‧User interface
1340‧‧‧放大視圖 1340‧‧‧Enlarged view
1350‧‧‧使用者介面 1350‧‧‧User interface
1355‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1355‧‧‧User interface objects
1400‧‧‧使用者介面 1400‧‧ User interface
1401‧‧‧視圖 1401‧‧ view
1405‧‧‧輕觸示意動作 1405‧‧‧Touch the gesture
1410‧‧‧視圖 1410‧‧ view
1420‧‧‧複合影像 1420‧‧‧Composite image
1421‧‧‧表示 1421‧‧‧ indicates
1430‧‧‧使用者介面 1430‧‧‧User interface
1440‧‧‧放大視圖 1440‧‧‧Enlarged view
1500‧‧‧使用者介面 1500‧‧‧User interface
1505‧‧‧觸摸 1505‧‧‧ touch
1510‧‧‧視圖 1510‧‧ view
1520‧‧‧複合影像 1520‧‧‧Composite image
1530‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1530‧‧‧User interface objects
1600‧‧‧使用者介面 1600‧‧‧User interface
1605‧‧‧觸摸 1605‧‧‧Touch
1610‧‧‧視圖 1610‧‧ view
1620‧‧‧複合影像 1620‧‧‧Composite imagery
1630‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1630‧‧‧User interface objects
1640‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1640‧‧‧User interface objects
1700‧‧‧使用者介面 1700‧‧‧User interface
1705‧‧‧觸摸 1705‧‧‧Touch
1710‧‧‧視圖 1710‧‧ view
1720‧‧‧複合影像 1720‧‧‧Composite imagery
1721‧‧‧表示 1721‧‧‧ indicates
1730‧‧‧使用者介面 1730‧‧‧User interface
1740‧‧‧功能表物件 1740‧‧‧Menu items
1742‧‧‧文字 1742‧‧‧ text
1744‧‧‧可視線索 1744‧‧‧visible clues
1746‧‧‧可視線索 1746‧‧‧visible clues
1750‧‧‧使用者介面物件/可視線索 1750‧‧‧User Interface Objects / Visual Clues
1760‧‧‧使用者介面物件/可視線索 1760‧‧‧User Interface Objects / Visual Clues
1770‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1770‧‧‧User interface objects
1800‧‧‧使用者介面 1800‧‧‧User interface
1805‧‧‧觸摸 1805‧‧‧Touch
1810‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1810‧‧‧User interface objects
1820‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1820‧‧‧User interface objects
1830‧‧‧使用者介面物件 1830‧‧‧User interface objects
1840‧‧‧使用者介面功能表 1840‧‧‧User Interface Function Table
1900‧‧‧覆蓋影像 1900‧‧‧Overlay image
1905‧‧‧觸摸 1905‧‧‧Touch
1920‧‧‧覆蓋影像 1920‧‧‧Overlay image
2000‧‧‧使用者介面 2000‧‧‧User interface
2005‧‧‧觸摸 2005‧‧‧Touch
2010‧‧‧視圖 2010‧‧ view
2020‧‧‧複合影像 2020‧‧‧Composite imagery
2060‧‧‧複合影像 2060‧‧‧Composite imagery
2100‧‧‧使用者介面 2100‧‧‧User interface
2102‧‧‧可視線索 2102‧‧‧visible clues
2104‧‧‧可視線索 2104‧‧‧visible clues
2105‧‧‧滑移 2105‧‧‧Slip
2120‧‧‧使用者介面 2120‧‧‧User interface
2130‧‧‧使用者介面 2130‧‧‧User interface
2135‧‧‧輕觸 2135‧‧‧Touch
2140‧‧‧使用者介面 2140‧‧‧User interface
2200‧‧‧方法 2200‧‧‧ method
2202‧‧‧區塊 2202‧‧‧ Block
2204‧‧‧區塊 2204‧‧‧ Block
2206‧‧‧區塊 2206‧‧‧ Block
2208‧‧‧區塊 2208‧‧‧ Block
2210‧‧‧區塊 2210‧‧‧ Block
2212‧‧‧區塊 Block 2212‧‧‧
2300‧‧‧方法 2300‧‧‧ method
2302‧‧‧區塊 2302‧‧‧ Block
2304‧‧‧區塊 2304‧‧‧ Block
2306‧‧‧區塊 2306‧‧‧ Block
2308‧‧‧區塊 2308‧‧‧ Block
2310‧‧‧區塊 2310‧‧‧ Block
2312‧‧‧區塊 2312‧‧‧ Block
2314‧‧‧區塊 2314‧‧‧ Block
2400‧‧‧方法 2400‧‧‧ method
2402‧‧‧區塊 2402‧‧‧ Block
2404‧‧‧區塊 2404‧‧‧ Block
2406‧‧‧區塊 2406‧‧‧ Block
2408‧‧‧區塊 2408‧‧‧ Block
2410‧‧‧區塊 2410‧‧‧ Block
2412‧‧‧區塊 2412‧‧‧ Block
2414‧‧‧區塊 2414‧‧‧ Block
2500‧‧‧方法 2500‧‧‧ method
2502‧‧‧區塊 2502‧‧‧ Block
2504‧‧‧區塊 2504‧‧‧ Block
2506‧‧‧區塊 2506‧‧‧ Block
2508‧‧‧區塊 2508‧‧‧ Block
2510‧‧‧區塊 2510‧‧‧ Block
2512‧‧‧區塊 2512‧‧‧ Block
2514‧‧‧區塊 2514‧‧‧ Block
2600‧‧‧方法 2600‧‧‧ method
2602‧‧‧區塊 2602‧‧‧ Block
2604‧‧‧區塊 2604‧‧‧ Block
2606‧‧‧區塊 2606‧‧‧ Block
2608‧‧‧區塊 2608‧‧‧ Block
2610‧‧‧區塊 2610‧‧‧ Block
2700‧‧‧電子器件 2700‧‧‧Electronics
2702‧‧‧觸敏式顯示單元 2702‧‧‧Touch sensitive display unit
2704‧‧‧可旋轉輸入機構單元 2704‧‧‧Rotatable input mechanism unit
2706‧‧‧無線通信單元 2706‧‧‧Wireless communication unit
2708‧‧‧處理單元 2708‧‧‧Processing unit
2710‧‧‧接收單元 2710‧‧‧ Receiving unit
2712‧‧‧顯示啟用單元 2712‧‧‧Display enable unit
2714‧‧‧偵測單元 2714‧‧‧Detection unit
2716‧‧‧替換啟用單元 2716‧‧‧Replacement enable unit
2718‧‧‧轉變啟用單元 2718‧‧‧Transition enable unit
2720‧‧‧平移啟用單元 2720‧‧‧ translation enable unit
2722‧‧‧判定單元 2722‧‧‧Decision unit
2724‧‧‧動畫化啟用單元 2724‧‧‧Animation Enablement Unit
2726‧‧‧保持啟用單元 2726‧‧‧ Keep enabled unit
2800‧‧‧電子器件 2800‧‧‧Electronics
2802‧‧‧觸敏式顯示單元 2802‧‧‧Touch sensitive display unit
2804‧‧‧可旋轉輸入機構單元 2804‧‧‧ Rotatable input mechanism unit
2806‧‧‧無線通信單元 2806‧‧‧Wireless communication unit
2808‧‧‧處理單元 2808‧‧‧Processing unit
2810‧‧‧接收單元 2810‧‧‧ Receiving unit
2812‧‧‧顯示啟用單元 2812‧‧‧Display enable unit
2814‧‧‧偵測單元 2814‧‧‧Detection unit
2816‧‧‧替換啟用單元 2816‧‧‧Replacement enable unit
2818‧‧‧轉變啟用單元 2818‧‧‧Transition enable unit
2820‧‧‧判定單元 2820‧‧‧Determining unit
2822‧‧‧保持啟用單元 2822‧‧‧ Keep enabled unit
2900‧‧‧電子器件 2900‧‧‧Electronics
2902‧‧‧觸敏式顯示單元 2902‧‧‧Touch sensitive display unit
2904‧‧‧可旋轉輸入機構單元 2904‧‧‧Rotatable input mechanism unit
2906‧‧‧無線通信單元 2906‧‧‧Wireless communication unit
2908‧‧‧處理單元 2908‧‧‧Processing unit
2910‧‧‧接收單元 2910‧‧‧ Receiving unit
2912‧‧‧顯示啟用單元 2912‧‧‧Display enable unit
2914‧‧‧偵測單元 2914‧‧‧Detection unit
2916‧‧‧替換啟用單元 2916‧‧‧Replacement enable unit
2918‧‧‧轉變啟用單元 2918‧‧‧Transition enable unit
2920‧‧‧判定單元 2920‧‧‧Determining unit
2922‧‧‧保持啟用單元 2922‧‧‧ Keep enabled unit
3000‧‧‧電子器件 3000‧‧‧Electronics
3002‧‧‧觸敏式顯示單元 3002‧‧‧Touch sensitive display unit
3004‧‧‧可旋轉輸入機構單元 3004‧‧‧Rotatable input mechanism unit
3006‧‧‧無線通信單元 3006‧‧‧Wireless communication unit
3008‧‧‧處理單元 3008‧‧‧Processing unit
3010‧‧‧接收單元 3010‧‧‧ Receiving unit
3012‧‧‧顯示啟用單元 3012‧‧‧ display enable unit
3014‧‧‧偵測單元 3014‧‧‧Detection unit
3016‧‧‧替換啟用單元 3016‧‧‧Replacement enable unit
3018‧‧‧轉變啟用單元 3018‧‧‧Transition enable unit
3020‧‧‧判定單元 3020‧‧‧Determining unit
3022‧‧‧強度感測器單元 3022‧‧‧Strength sensor unit
3100‧‧‧電子器件 3100‧‧‧Electronics
3102‧‧‧觸敏式顯示單元 3102‧‧‧Touch sensitive display unit
3104‧‧‧可旋轉輸入機構單元 3104‧‧‧ Rotatable input mechanism unit
3106‧‧‧無線通信單元 3106‧‧‧Wireless communication unit
3108‧‧‧處理單元 3108‧‧‧Processing unit
3110‧‧‧接收單元 3110‧‧‧ Receiving unit
3112‧‧‧顯示啟用單元 3112‧‧‧ display enable unit
3114‧‧‧偵測單元 3114‧‧‧Detection unit
3116‧‧‧替換啟用單元 3116‧‧‧Replacement enable unit
3118‧‧‧判定單元 3118‧‧‧Determining unit
3120‧‧‧保持啟用單元 3120‧‧‧ Keep enabled unit
3122‧‧‧強度感測器單元 3122‧‧‧Strength sensor unit
為較好地理解各種所描述之實施例,應結合以下圖式參考以下之實施方式,其中遍及圖式,類似之參考數字係指對應部分。 For a better understanding of the various embodiments of the invention, reference should be made to
圖1A為說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器之攜帶型多功能器件的方塊圖。 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch sensitive display, in accordance with some embodiments.
圖1B為說明根據一些實施例之用於事件處置之例示性組件的方塊圖。 FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating an illustrative component for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
圖2說明根據一些實施例之具有觸控式螢幕之攜帶型多功能器件。 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device with a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
圖3為根據一些實施例之具有顯示器及觸敏式表面之例示性多功能器件的方塊圖。 3 is a block diagram of an illustrative multi-function device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments.
圖4A說明根據一些實施例之用於攜帶型多功能器件上之應用程式功能表的例示性使用者介面。 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface for an application function table on a portable multifunction device, in accordance with some embodiments.
圖4B說明根據一些實施例之具有與顯示器分離之觸敏式表面的多功能器件之例示性使用者介面。 4B illustrates an exemplary user interface of a multi-function device having a touch-sensitive surface separate from the display, in accordance with some embodiments.
圖5A說明根據一些實施例之個人電子器件。 FIG. 5A illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
圖5B為說明根據一些實施例之個人電子器件的方塊圖。 FIG. 5B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
圖6A說明用於啟動相片應用程式之例示性使用者介面。 Figure 6A illustrates an exemplary user interface for launching a photo application.
圖6B說明具有相片集合之表示的例示性使用者介面。 Figure 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface with a representation of a collection of photos.
圖7A至圖7D說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 7A-7D illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖8A至圖8C說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 8A-8C illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖9A至圖9F說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 9A-9F illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖10A至圖10D說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用 者介面。 10A-10D illustrate an exemplary photo application use in accordance with some embodiments Interface.
圖11A至圖11D說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 11A-11D illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖12A至圖12B說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 12A-12B illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖13A至圖13D說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 13A-13D illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖14A至圖14B說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 14A-14B illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖15A至圖15C說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 15A-15C illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖16A至圖16C說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 16A-16C illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖17A至圖17C說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 17A-17C illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖18A至圖18C說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 18A-18C illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖19說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 FIG. 19 illustrates an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖20說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 20 illustrates an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖21A至圖21D說明根據一些實施例之例示性相片應用程式使用者介面。 21A-21D illustrate an exemplary photo application user interface in accordance with some embodiments.
圖22為說明用於在電子器件上顯示相片之處理程序的流程圖。 Figure 22 is a flow chart illustrating a processing procedure for displaying a photo on an electronic device.
圖23為說明用於在電子器件上顯示相片之處理程序的流程圖。 Figure 23 is a flow chart illustrating a processing procedure for displaying a photo on an electronic device.
圖24為說明用於在電子器件上顯示相片之處理程序的流程圖。 Figure 24 is a flow chart illustrating a processing procedure for displaying a photo on an electronic device.
圖25為說明用於在電子器件上顯示相片之處理程序的流程圖。 Figure 25 is a flow chart illustrating a processing procedure for displaying a photo on an electronic device.
圖26為說明用於在電子器件上顯示相片之處理程序的流程圖。 Figure 26 is a flow chart illustrating a processing procedure for displaying a photo on an electronic device.
圖27為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 27 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
圖28為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 28 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
圖29為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 29 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
圖30為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 30 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
圖31為根據一些實施例之電子器件的功能方塊圖。 31 is a functional block diagram of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
以下描述闡述例示性方法、參數及類似者。然而,應認識到此描述並不意欲限制本發明之範疇,而是替代地經提供作為例示性實施例之描述。 The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. However, it should be understood that the description is not intended to limit the scope of the invention, but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments.
存在對提供用於在具有小外觀尺寸之器件上存取、導覽及顯示相片的高效方法及介面的需求。此等技術可減少在具有小外觀尺寸之器件上存取、導覽及顯示相片的使用者的認知負擔,從而促進生產率。此外,此等技術可減小處理器及電池電力(否則會浪費在冗餘使用者輸入上)。 There is a need to provide an efficient method and interface for accessing, navigating, and displaying photos on devices having small form factors. These techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on users who access, navigate, and display photos on devices with small form factors, thereby promoting productivity. In addition, these techniques can reduce processor and battery power (otherwise would be wasted on redundant user input).
下文中,圖1A至圖1B、圖2、圖3、圖4A至圖4B、圖5A至圖5D及圖27至圖31提供用於執行與相片應用程式(例如,存取、瀏覽、導覽及/或顯示相片)相關聯之技術的例示性器件之描述。圖6A至圖21D說明用於執行與相片應用程式(例如,存取、瀏覽、導覽及/或顯示相片)相關聯之技術的例示性使用者介面。圖22至圖26為說明根據一些實施例之執行與相片應用程式(例如,存取、瀏覽、導覽及/或顯示相片)相關聯之技術的方法的流程圖。圖6A至圖21D中之使用者介面用於說明以下描述之處理程序,包括圖22至圖26中之處理程序。 Hereinafter, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, 3, 4A-4B, 5A-5D, and 27-31 provide for execution and photo applications (eg, access, browsing, navigation) And/or display a photo) a description of an exemplary device of the associated technology. 6A-21D illustrate an exemplary user interface for performing techniques associated with a photo application (eg, accessing, browsing, navigating, and/or displaying a photo). 22-26 are flow diagrams illustrating methods of performing techniques associated with a photo application (eg, accessing, browsing, navigating, and/or displaying a photo), in accordance with some embodiments. The user interface in Figures 6A through 21D is used to illustrate the processing procedures described below, including the processing procedures of Figures 22 through 26.
儘管以下描述使用術語「第一」、「第二」等來描述各種元件,但此等元件不應被該等術語限制。此等術語僅用以將一元件與另一元件進行區分。舉例而言,第一觸摸可稱為第二觸摸,且類似地,第二觸摸可稱為第一觸摸,而不背離各種所描述實施例之範疇。第一觸摸 及第二觸摸皆為觸摸,但其並非相同的觸摸。 Although the following description uses the terms "first," "second," etc. to describe various elements, such elements are not limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch may be referred to as a second touch, and similarly, a second touch may be referred to as a first touch without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. First touch And the second touch is a touch, but it is not the same touch.
本文中用於描述各種所描述之實施例的術語僅係出於描述特定實施例之目的,且其並不意欲為限制性的。如用於描述各種所描述之實施例及所附申請專利範圍,除非上下文另有清晰指示,否則單數形 式「一」及「該」亦意欲包括複數形式。亦應理解,本文中使用之術語「及/或」係指且涵蓋相關聯之所列項目中之一或多者之任何及所有可能組合。應進一步瞭解,術語「包括」及/或「包含」當用於此說明書中時指定所述特徵、整數、步驟、操作、元件及/或組件之存在,但不排除一或多個其他特徵、整數、步驟、操作、元件、組件及/或其之群組之存在或新增。 The terminology used herein to describe the various embodiments are for the purpose of describing particular embodiments and are not intended to be limiting. As used to describe the various described embodiments and the scope of the appended claims, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise The terms "a" and "the" are also intended to include the plural. It is also understood that the term "and/or" used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It is to be understood that the terms "comprises" or "comprising", when used in this specification, are used to refer to the <RTI ID=0.0> </RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; The existence or addition of integers, steps, operations, components, components, and/or groups thereof.
術語「若」可取決於上下文而解釋為意謂「在……時」或「在……後」或「回應於判定」或「回應於偵測」。類似地,片語「若判定」或「若偵測到[所陳述條件或事件]」可取決於上下文而解釋為意謂「在判定後」或「回應於判定」或「在偵測到[所陳述條件或事件]後」或「回應於偵測到[所陳述條件或事件]」。 The term "if" may be interpreted to mean "at time" or "after" or "in response to judgment" or "in response to detection" depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase "if judged" or "if a condition or event is stated" may be interpreted as meaning "after judgment" or "in response to judgment" or "in detection" depending on the context. After the stated condition or event] or "in response to the detection of [condition or event stated]".
描述電子器件、此等器件之使用者介面及用於使用此等器件之相關聯處理程序的實施例。在一些實施例中,器件為諸如行動電話之攜帶型通信器件,該器件亦含有諸如PDA及/或音樂播放器功能之其他功能。攜帶型多功能器件之例示性實施例包括(但不限於)來自加利福尼亞州庫珀蒂諾市之Apple公司的iPhone®、iPod Touch®及iPad®器件。視情況使用其他攜帶型電子器件,諸如具有觸敏式表面(例如,觸控式螢幕顯示器及/或觸控板)之膝上型電腦或平板電腦。亦應理解,在一些實施例中,該器件不為攜帶型通信器件,而為具有觸敏式表面(例如,觸控式螢幕顯示器及/或觸控板)之桌上型電腦。 Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces of such devices, and associated processing programs for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communication device such as a mobile phone that also contains other functions such as PDA and/or music player functionality. Illustrative embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, but are not limited to, Apple®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Cupertino, California. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablets with touch-sensitive surfaces (eg, touch screen displays and/or trackpads), are used as appropriate. It should also be understood that in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communication device but a desktop computer having a touch-sensitive surface (eg, a touch screen display and/or a touch pad).
在以下論述中,描述包括顯示器及觸敏式表面之電子器件。然而,應理解,電子器件視情況包括一或多個其他實體使用者介面器 件,諸如實體鍵盤、滑鼠及/或操縱桿。 In the following discussion, an electronic device including a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. However, it should be understood that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user interface devices. Pieces, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
該器件可支援多種應用程式,諸如以下中之一或多者:繪圖應用程式、呈現應用程式、文書處理應用程式、網站建立應用程式、碟片製作應用程式、試算表應用程式、遊戲應用程式、電話應用程式、視訊會議應用程式、電子郵件應用程式、即時訊息傳遞應用程式、健身支援應用程式、相片管理應用程式、數位攝影機應用程式、數位視訊攝影機應用程式、網頁瀏覽應用程式、數位音樂播放器應用程式,及/或數位視訊播放器應用程式。 The device supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: drawing applications, rendering applications, word processing applications, website building applications, disc creation applications, spreadsheet applications, gaming applications, Phone application, video conferencing application, email application, instant messaging application, fitness support application, photo management application, digital camera application, digital video camera application, web browsing application, digital music player Application, and / or digital video player application.
執行於器件上之各種應用程式視情況使用至少一個共用實體使用者介面器件,諸如觸敏式表面。觸敏式表面之一或多個功能以及顯示於器件上之對應資訊視情況經調整及/或自一個應用程式至下一應用程式及/或在各別應用程式內變化。以此方式,器件之共同實體架構(諸如,觸敏式表面)視情況支援具有對於使用者而言直觀且透明之使用者介面的多種應用程式。 The various applications executing on the device optionally use at least one shared physical user interface device, such as a touch-sensitive surface. The one or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface and the corresponding information displayed on the device are adjusted as appropriate and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within the respective application. In this manner, a common physical architecture of the device, such as a touch-sensitive surface, optionally supports a variety of applications with a user interface that is intuitive and transparent to the user.
現將注意力引向具有觸敏式顯示器之攜帶型器件的實施例。圖1A為說明根據一些實施例之具有觸敏式顯示器系統112的攜帶型多功能器件100之方塊圖。為方便起見,觸敏式顯示器112有時被稱為「觸控式螢幕」,且有時被稱作或稱為「觸敏式顯示器系統」。器件100包括記憶體102(其視情況包括一或多個電腦可讀儲存媒體)、記憶體控制器122、一或多個處理單元(CPU)120、周邊器件介面118、RF電路108、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、麥克風113、輸入/輸出(I/O)子系統106、其他輸入控制器件116及外部埠124。器件100視情況包括一或多個光學感測器164。器件100視情況包括用於偵測器件100(例如,諸如器件100之觸敏式顯示器系統112之觸敏式表面)上接觸之強度的一或多個接觸強度感測器165。器件100視情況包括用於產生器件100上之觸覺輸出(例如,產生諸如器件100之觸敏式顯示器系統112或器件 300之觸控板355的觸敏式表面上之觸覺輸出)的一或多個觸覺輸出產生器167。此等組件視情況經由一或多個通信匯流排或信號線103進行通信。 Attention is now directed to embodiments of a portable device having a touch sensitive display. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. For convenience, touch sensitive display 112 is sometimes referred to as a "touch screen" and is sometimes referred to as or as a "touch sensitive display system." The device 100 includes a memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage media), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, a peripheral device interface 118, an RF circuit 108, and an audio circuit. 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input control devices 116, and external ports 124. Device 100 includes one or more optical sensors 164 as appropriate. Device 100 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting the intensity of contact on device 100 (eg, a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes a haptic output for generating device 100 (eg, generating a touch-sensitive display system 112 or device such as device 100) One or more haptic output generators 167 of the tactile output on the touch sensitive surface of the touchpad 355 of 300. These components communicate via one or more communication busses or signal lines 103 as appropriate.
如本說明書及申請專利範圍中所使用,術語觸敏式表面上之接觸的「強度」係指觸敏式表面上之接觸(例如,手指接觸)的力或壓力(每單位面積之力),或係指觸敏式表面上之接觸的力或壓力之替代物(代理)。接觸之強度具有包括至少四個不同值之值範圍,且較通常包括數百個不同值(例如,至少256個)。視情況使用各種方法及各種感測器或感測器之組合來判定(或量測)接觸之強度。舉例而言,視情況使用觸敏式表面下面或鄰近於該表面的一或多個力感測器,以量測觸敏式表面上之各種點處的力。在一些實施中,組合(例如,加權平均)來自多個力感測器之力量測,以判定接觸之估計力。類似地,視情況使用觸控筆之壓敏式尖端,以判定觸控筆在觸敏式表面上的壓力。替代地,視情況,將觸敏式表面上偵測到的接觸面積之大小及/或其變化、接近接觸的觸敏式表面之電容及/或其變化,及/或接近接觸的觸敏式表面之電阻及/或其變化用作觸敏式表面上之接觸的力或壓力之替代物。在一些實施中,直接使用接觸力或壓力之替代物量測,以判定是否已超過強度臨限值(例如,強度臨限值係以對應於替代物量測之單位描述的)。在一些實施中,將接觸力或壓力之替代物量測轉換成估計力或壓力,且將該估計力或壓力用於判定是否已超過強度臨限值(例如,強度臨限值為以壓力單位量測的壓力臨限值)。使用接觸之強度作為使用者輸入之屬性允許使用者存取大小縮減之器件上的額外器件功能性,該額外器件功能性原本可能並非使用者可存取的,該大小縮減之器件具有用於顯示可視線索(例如,在觸敏式顯示器上)及/或接收使用者輸入(例如,經由觸敏式顯示器、觸敏式表面或諸如旋鈕或按鈕之實體/機械控制)的有限佔據面積。 As used in this specification and the scope of the claims, the term "strength" of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of contact (eg, finger contact) on a touch-sensitive surface, Or a substitute (agent) for the force or pressure of contact on a touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of the contact has a range of values including at least four different values, and more typically includes hundreds of different values (eg, at least 256). The strength of the contact is determined (or measured) using various methods and combinations of various sensors or sensors as appropriate. For example, one or more force sensors beneath or adjacent to the surface of the touch-sensitive surface are used as appropriate to measure the force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, a combined (eg, weighted average) force measurement from a plurality of force sensors is used to determine the estimated force of the contact. Similarly, the pressure sensitive tip of the stylus is used as appropriate to determine the pressure of the stylus on the touch sensitive surface. Alternatively, depending on the situation, the size and/or variation of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface that is in close proximity and/or its variation, and/or the touch-sensitive proximity of the contact The resistance of the surface and/or its variations are used as a substitute for the force or pressure of contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the contact force or pressure substitute measurement is used directly to determine if the intensity threshold has been exceeded (eg, the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the surrogate measurement). In some implementations, the contact force or pressure substitute measurement is converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether the intensity threshold has been exceeded (eg, the intensity threshold is in pressure units) Measured pressure threshold). The use of the strength of the contact as a user input attribute allows the user to access additional device functionality on the reduced size device that may not be user accessible, and the reduced size device has a display for display Visual cues (eg, on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving a user's input (eg, via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or button).
如本說明書及申請專利範圍中所使用,術語「觸覺輸出」係指器件相對於器件之先前位置的實體移位、器件之組件(例如,觸敏式表面)相對於器件之另一組件(例如,外殼)的實體移位,或將由使用者藉由其觸摸感測偵測到的組件相對於器件之質量中心的移位。舉例而言,在器件或器件之組件接觸對觸摸敏感的使用者之表面(例如,手指、手掌或使用者之手的其他部分)的情況下,由實體移位所產生之觸覺輸出將由使用者解譯為對應於器件或器件之組件的實體特徵中所感知到之變化的觸覺感覺。舉例而言,使用者將觸敏式表面(例如,觸敏式顯示器或軌跡墊)之移動視情況解譯為實體致動器按鈕之「向下點選(click)」或「向上點選」。在一些情況下,即使在與觸敏式表面相關聯之由使用者之移動實體地按壓(例如,移位)的實體致動器按鈕並未移動時,使用者將仍感覺到諸如「向下點選」或「向上點選」之觸覺感覺。作為另一實例,即使在觸敏式表面之光滑度並無變化時,使用者仍將觸敏式表面之移動視情況解譯或感測為觸敏式表面之「粗糙度」。雖然使用者之此等觸摸解譯將受到使用者之個別化感覺感知影響,但存在較大部分使用者共同之許多觸摸感覺感知。因此,除非另外陳述,否則當觸覺輸出經描述為對應於使用者之特定感覺感知(例如,「向上點選」、「向下點選」、「粗糙度」)時,所產生觸覺輸出對應於將產生典型(或一般)使用者所描述之感覺感知的器件或其組件之實體移位。 As used in this specification and the claims, the term "tactile output" refers to a physical displacement of a device relative to a previous location of the device, a component of the device (eg, a touch-sensitive surface) relative to another component of the device (eg, The physical displacement of the outer casing, or the displacement of the component detected by the user by its touch sensing relative to the center of mass of the device. For example, where a component of a device or device contacts a surface of a touch-sensitive user (eg, a finger, a palm, or other portion of the user's hand), the tactile output produced by the physical displacement will be used by the user. Interpreted as a tactile sensation that corresponds to a perceived change in a physical feature of a component of a device or device. For example, the user interprets the movement of the touch-sensitive surface (eg, a touch-sensitive display or a track pad) as a "click" or "up click" of the physical actuator button. . In some cases, even when the physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (eg, displaced) by the user's movement does not move, the user will still feel such as "downward" Touch the touch or "click up" to feel the touch. As another example, even when the smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface does not change, the user interprets or senses the movement of the touch-sensitive surface as "roughness" of the touch-sensitive surface as appropriate. Although the user's such touch interpretation will be affected by the user's individualized sensory perception, there are many touch perceptions that are common to a larger portion of the user. Thus, unless otherwise stated, when the haptic output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of the user (eg, "up click", "down", "roughness"), the resulting haptic output corresponds to The physical displacement of the device or its components that will produce the sensory perception described by a typical (or general) user.
應瞭解,器件100僅為攜帶型多功能器件之一實例,且器件100視情況具有比所展示更多或更少之組件、視情況組合兩個或兩個以上組件,或視情況具有不同組態或配置之組件。圖1A中所展示之各種組件實施於硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體兩者之組合(包括一或多個信號處理及/或特殊應用積體電路)中。 It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than is shown, combining two or more components as appropriate, or as different groups as appropriate. State or configuration component. The various components shown in FIG. 1A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software (including one or more signal processing and/or special application integrated circuits).
記憶體102可包括一或多個電腦可讀儲存媒體。電腦可讀儲存媒 體可為有形及非暫時性的。記憶體102可包括高速隨機存取記憶體,且亦可包括非揮發性記憶體,諸如一或多個磁碟儲存器件、快閃記憶體器件,或其他非揮發性固態記憶體器件。記憶體控制器122可藉由器件100之其他組件控制對記憶體102之存取。 Memory 102 can include one or more computer readable storage media. Computer readable storage medium The body can be tangible and non-transitory. The memory 102 can include high speed random access memory and can also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state memory devices. The memory controller 122 can control access to the memory 102 by other components of the device 100.
周邊器件介面118可用於將器件之輸入及輸出周邊器件耦接至CPU 120及記憶體102。一或多個處理器120運行或執行儲存在記憶體102中之各種軟體程式及/或指令集,以執行器件100之各種功能及處理資料。在一些實施例中,周邊器件介面118、CPU 120及記憶體控制器122可實施於諸如晶片104之單晶片上。在一些其他實施例中,其可實施於單獨晶片上。 The peripheral device interface 118 can be used to couple the input and output peripheral devices of the device to the CPU 120 and the memory 102. The one or more processors 120 execute or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in the memory 102 to perform various functions and processing of the device 100. In some embodiments, peripheral device interface 118, CPU 120, and memory controller 122 can be implemented on a single wafer, such as wafer 104. In some other embodiments, it can be implemented on a separate wafer.
RF(射頻)電路108接收及發送RF信號(亦稱為電磁信號)。RF電路108將電信號轉換成電磁信號/自電磁信號轉換電信號,且經由電磁信號與通信網路及其他通信器件通信。RF電路108視情況包括用於執行此等功能之熟知電路,包括但不限於天線系統、RF收發器、一或多個放大器、調諧器、一或多個振盪器、數位信號處理器、編解碼器(CODEC)晶片組、用戶識別模組(SIM)卡、記憶體等等。RF電路108視情況藉由無線通信與諸如網際網路(亦稱為全球資訊網(WWW))、企業內部網路及/或無線網路(諸如蜂巢式電話網路、無線區域網路(LAN)及/或都會區域網路(MAN))之網路以及其他器件通信。RF電路108視情況包括用於(諸如)藉由近程通信無線電偵測近場通信(NFC)場之熟知電路。無線通信視情況使用複數個通信標準、協定及技術中之任一者,包括但不限於全球行動通信系統(GSM)、增強型資料GSM環境(EDGE)、高速下行鏈路封包存取(HSDPA)、高速上行鏈路封包存取(HSUPA)、演進型純資料(EV-DO)、HSPA、HSPA+、雙單元HSPA(DC-HSPDA)、長期演進(LTE)、近場通信(NFC)、寬頻分碼多重存取(W-CDMA)、分碼多重存取(CDMA)、分時多重存取(TDMA)、藍芽、 藍芽低能量(BTLE)、無線保真(Wi-Fi)(例如,IEEE 802.11a、IEEE 802.11b、IEEE 802.11g、IEEE 802.11n及/或IEEE 802.11ac)、網際網路通訊協定語音(VoIP)、Wi-MAX、用於電子郵件之協定(例如,網際網路訊息存取協定(IMAP)及/或郵局協定(POP))、即時訊息傳遞(例如,可延伸訊息傳遞及現況資訊協定(XMPP)、用於即時訊息傳遞及現況資訊利用延伸之工作階段起始協定(SIMPLE)、即時訊息傳遞及現況資訊服務(IMPS)),及/或短訊息服務(SMS),或任何其他合適之通信協定(包括自本文件申請日期起尚未開發之通信協定)。 An RF (Radio Frequency) circuit 108 receives and transmits an RF signal (also referred to as an electromagnetic signal). The RF circuit 108 converts the electrical signal into an electromagnetic signal/self-electromagnetic signal to convert the electrical signal and communicates with the communication network and other communication devices via the electromagnetic signal. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing such functions, including but not limited to antenna systems, RF transceivers, one or more amplifiers, tuners, one or more oscillators, digital signal processors, codecs (CODEC) chipset, user identification module (SIM) card, memory, and the like. The RF circuit 108 is optionally connected by wireless communication to, for example, the Internet (also known as the World Wide Web (WWW)), the corporate intranet, and/or the wireless network (such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN). And/or the network of the Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) and other devices communicate. The RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by short range communication. Wireless communication uses any of a number of communication standards, protocols, and technologies as appropriate, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA), Evolved Pure Data (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), Near Field Communication (NFC), Broadband Code Multiple Access (W-CDMA), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (eg, IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), Internet Protocol Voice (VoIP) ), Wi-MAX, protocols for e-mail (eg, Internet Protocol Access Protocol (IMAP) and/or Post Office Protocol (POP)), instant messaging (eg, extensible messaging and current information protocols) XMPP), Workflow Initiation Agreement (IMPLE) for Instant Messaging and Status Information Extension, Instant Messaging and Status Information Service (IMPS), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable Communications Agreement (including communications agreements that have not been developed since the filing date of this document).
音訊電路110、揚聲器111及麥克風113在使用者與器件100之間提供音訊介面。音訊電路110自周邊器件介面118接收音訊資料、將音訊資料轉換成電信號及將電信號傳輸至揚聲器111。揚聲器111將電信號轉換成人類可聽聲波。音訊電路110亦接收藉由麥克風113自聲波轉換之電信號。音訊電路110將電信號轉換成音訊資料且將音訊資料傳輸至周邊器件介面118以用於處理。由周邊器件介面118自記憶體102及/或RF電路108擷取音訊資料,及/或將音訊資料傳輸至記憶體102及/或RF電路108。在一些實施例中,音訊電路110亦包括耳機插口(例如,圖2之耳機插口212)。耳機插口在音訊電路110與可卸除式音訊輸入/輸出周邊器件之間提供介面,該等周邊器件諸如僅輸出頭戴式耳機或具有輸出(例如,用於一個或兩個耳朵之頭戴式耳機)及輸入(例如,麥克風)兩者的耳機。 The audio circuit 110, the speaker 111, and the microphone 113 provide an audio interface between the user and the device 100. The audio circuit 110 receives audio data from the peripheral device interface 118, converts the audio data into electrical signals, and transmits the electrical signals to the speaker 111. The speaker 111 converts the electrical signal into a human audible sound wave. The audio circuit 110 also receives an electrical signal that is self-sound converted by the microphone 113. The audio circuit 110 converts the electrical signals into audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripheral device interface 118 for processing. The audio data is retrieved from the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108 by the peripheral device interface 118 and/or the audio data is transmitted to the memory 102 and/or the RF circuit 108. In some embodiments, the audio circuit 110 also includes a headphone jack (eg, the headphone jack 212 of FIG. 2). The headphone jack provides an interface between the audio circuit 110 and the removable audio input/output peripheral device, such as an output only headset or with an output (eg, for one or both ears) Headphones) and input (for example, a microphone) for both headphones.
I/O子系統106將器件100上之輸入/輸出周邊器件(諸如觸控式螢幕112及其他輸入控制器件116)耦接至周邊器件介面118。I/O子系統106視情況包括顯示控制器156、光學感測器控制器158、強度感測器控制器159、觸感回饋控制器161及用於其他輸入或控制器件之一或多個輸入控制器160。該一或多個輸入控制器160自其他輸入控制器件116接收電信號/發送電信號至其他輸入控制器件116。其他輸入控制 器件116視情況包括實體按鈕(例如,推按按鈕、搖臂按鈕等)、撥號盤、滑件開關、操縱桿、點選輪等。在一些替代性實施例中,輸入控制器160視情況耦接至以下中之任一者(或無一者):鍵盤、紅外線埠、USB埠及諸如滑鼠之指標器件。一或多個按鈕(例如,圖2之按鈕208)視情況包括用於揚聲器111及/或麥克風113之音量控制的上/下按鈕。一或多個按鈕視情況包括推按按鈕(例如,圖2之推按按鈕206)。 I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripheral devices (such as touch screen 112 and other input control devices 116) on device 100 to peripheral device interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, intensity sensor controller 159, tactile feedback controller 161, and one or more inputs for other input or control devices. Controller 160. The one or more input controllers 160 receive electrical/transmit electrical signals from other input control devices 116 to other input control devices 116. Other input controls Device 116 optionally includes physical buttons (eg, push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, pointing wheels, and the like. In some alternative embodiments, the input controller 160 is coupled to any one of the following (or none): a keyboard, an infrared ray, a USB port, and an indicator device such as a mouse. One or more buttons (e.g., button 208 of FIG. 2) optionally include up/down buttons for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. One or more buttons optionally include a push button (eg, push button 206 of Figure 2).
推按按鈕之快速按壓可解開觸控式螢幕112之鎖定或開始一處理程序,該處理程序在觸控式螢幕上使用示意動作以解鎖該器件,如在2005年12月23日申請的美國專利申請案11/322,549「Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image」(美國專利第7,657,849號)中所描述,該專利在此以全文引用之方式併入。推按按鈕(例如,推按按鈕206)之較長按壓可開啟或關閉器件100之電源。使用者可能能夠自訂該等按鈕中之一或多者的功能性。觸控式螢幕112用於實施虛擬或螢幕按鈕及一或多個螢幕小鍵盤。 Pressing a quick press of a button unlocks the touch screen 112 or initiates a processing procedure that uses a gesture on the touch screen to unlock the device, such as the United States filed on December 23, 2005. The patent application 11/322,549, "Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image" (U.S. Patent No. 7,657,849), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. A longer press of a push button (eg, push button 206) can turn the power of device 100 on or off. The user may be able to customize the functionality of one or more of the buttons. The touch screen 112 is used to implement a virtual or screen button and one or more screen keypads.
觸敏式顯示器112在器件與使用者之間提供輸入介面及輸出介面。顯示控制器156接收來自觸控式螢幕112之電信號及/或發送電信號至觸控式螢幕112。觸控式螢幕112向使用者顯示視覺輸出。視覺輸出可包括圖形、文字、圖示、視訊及其任何組合(統稱為「圖形」)。在一些實施例中,一些或所有視覺輸出可對應於使用者介面物件。 The touch sensitive display 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and the user. The display controller 156 receives electrical signals from the touch screen 112 and/or transmits electrical signals to the touch screen 112. The touch screen 112 displays a visual output to the user. Visual output can include graphics, text, graphics, video, and any combination thereof (collectively referred to as "graphics"). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to a user interface item.
觸控式螢幕112具有觸敏式表面、基於觸感及/或觸覺接觸接受來自使用者之輸入之感測器或感測器集合。觸控式螢幕112及顯示控制器156(連同記憶體102中之任何相關聯模組及/或指令集)偵測觸控式螢幕112上之接觸(及接觸之任何移動或中斷)且將所偵測之接觸轉換成與觸控式螢幕112上所顯示的使用者介面物件(例如,一或多個螢幕按鍵、圖示、網頁或影像)之互動。在例示性實施例中,觸控式螢幕112與使用者之間的接觸點對應於使用者的手指。 Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, a sensor or sensor set that accepts input from a user based on tactile and/or tactile contact. The touch screen 112 and the display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in the memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or interruption of contact) on the touch screen 112 and The detected contact is converted into interaction with a user interface object (eg, one or more screen buttons, icons, web pages, or images) displayed on touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, the point of contact between the touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to the user's finger.
觸控式螢幕112可使用LCD(液晶顯示器)技術、LPD(發光聚合物顯示器)技術,或者LED(發光二極體)技術,但在其他實施例中可使用其他顯示技術。觸控式螢幕112及顯示控制器156可使用現在已知或以後開發的諸多觸摸感測技術中之任一者來偵測接觸及其任何移動或中斷,該等技術包括但不限於電容性、電阻性、紅外線及表面聲波技術,以及用於判定與觸控式螢幕112之一或多個接觸點的其他近接感測器陣列或其他元件。在例示性實施例中,使用投影式互電容感測技術,諸如在來自加利福尼亞州之庫珀蒂諾市的Apple公司之iPhone®及iPod Touch®中所發現之彼技術。 Touch screen 112 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display techniques may be used in other embodiments. Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 can detect any contact or any movement or interruption thereof using any of a variety of touch sensing techniques now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, Resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave techniques, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other components for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 112. In an exemplary embodiment, a projected mutual capacitance sensing technique is used, such as the one found in Apple®'s iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Cupertino, California.
在觸控式螢幕112之一些實施例中之觸敏式顯示器可類似於以下美國專利案及/或美國專利公開案2002/0015024A1中描述之多點觸敏式觸控板:6,323,846(Westerman等人)、6,570,557(Westerman等人)及/或6,677,932(Westerman),該等專利案及專利公開案中之每一者在此以全文引用之方式併入。然而,觸控式螢幕112顯示來自器件100之視覺輸出,而觸敏式觸控板並不提供視覺輸出。 The touch sensitive display in some embodiments of the touch screen 112 can be similar to the multi-touch sensitive touchpad described in the following U.S. Patent and/or U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0015024 A1: 6, 323, 846 (Westerman et al. And each of the patents and patent publications are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety herein in its entirety. However, touch screen 112 displays visual output from device 100, while touch sensitive touch pads do not provide visual output.
觸控式螢幕112之一些實施例中之觸敏式顯示器可如以下申請案中所描述:(1)2006年5月2日申請的美國專利申請案第11/381,313號「Multipoint Touch Surface Controller」;(2)2004年5月6日申請的美國專利申請案第10/840,862號「Multipoint Touchscreen」;(3)2004年7月30日申請的美國專利申請案第10/903,964號「Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices」;(4)2005年1月31日申請的美國專利申請案第11/048,264號「Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices」;(5)2005年1月18日申請的美國專利申請案第11/038,590號「Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices」;(6)2005年9月16日申請的美國專利申請案第11/228,758號「Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface」;(7)2005年9月16 日申請的美國專利申請案第11/228,700號「Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface」;(8)2005年9月16日申請的美國專利申請案第11/228,737號「Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard」;及(9)2006年3月3日申請的美國專利申請案第11/367,749號「Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device」。所有此等申請案以全文引用之方式併入本文中。 The touch sensitive display of some embodiments of the touch screen 112 can be as described in the following application: (1) "Multipoint Touch Surface Controller", U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/381,313, filed on May 2, 2006. (2) US Patent Application No. 10/840,862, "Multipoint Touchscreen", filed on May 6, 2004; (3) US Patent Application Serial No. 10/903,964, filed on July 30, 2004, "Gestures For Touch" (4) "Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices", U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/048,264, filed on Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application Serial No. "Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices", No. 11/038,590; (6) "Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface", U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/228,758, filed on Sep. 16, 2005. (7) September 16, 2005 U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/228,700, entitled "Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface"; (8) U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/228,737, filed on Sep. 16, 2005, "Activating Virtual Keys Of A "Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device", U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/367,749, filed on March 3, 2006. All such applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
觸控式螢幕112可具有超過100dpi之視訊解析度。在一些實施例中,觸控式螢幕具有近似160dpi之視訊解析度。使用者可使用任何合適之物件或附件(諸如,觸控筆、手指等等)與觸控式螢幕112接觸。在一些實施例中,使用者介面經設計以主要與基於手指之接觸及示意動作一起起作用,基於手指之接觸及示意動作可歸因於手指在觸控式螢幕上之較大接觸面積而與基於觸控筆之輸入相比較不精密。在一些實施例中,器件將基於手指之粗糙輸入轉化成精密指標/游標位置或命令以用於執行使用者所要動作。 The touch screen 112 can have a video resolution of more than 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user can contact the touch screen 112 using any suitable item or accessory, such as a stylus, finger, or the like. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to function primarily with finger-based contact and gestures, and finger-based contact and gestures can be attributed to the larger contact area of the finger on the touch screen. The input based on the stylus is less precise. In some embodiments, the device converts the rough input based on the finger into a precision indicator/cursor position or command for performing the desired action by the user.
在一些實施例中,除觸控式螢幕之外,器件100可包括用於啟動或去啟動特定功能之觸控板(未圖示)。在一些實施例中,觸控板為器件之觸敏式區域,不同於觸控式螢幕,其並不顯示視覺輸出。觸控板可為與觸控式螢幕112分離之觸敏式表面,或由觸控式螢幕所形成之觸敏式表面的延伸部。 In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 can include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating a particular function. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike a touchscreen, does not display a visual output. The touchpad can be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the touch screen 112, or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
器件100亦包括用於為各種組件供電之電力系統162。電力系統162可包括電力管理系統、一或多個電源(例如,電池、交流電(AC))、再充電系統、電力故障偵測電路、電力轉換器或變換器、電力狀態指示器(例如,發光二極體(LED))及與攜帶型器件中之電力之產生、管理及分佈相關聯之任何其他組件。 Device 100 also includes a power system 162 for powering various components. The power system 162 can include a power management system, one or more power sources (eg, batteries, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, power fault detection circuitry, power converters or converters, power status indicators (eg, lighting) Diode (LED) and any other component associated with the generation, management, and distribution of power in a portable device.
器件100亦可包括一或多個光學感測器164。圖1A展示耦接至I/O子系統106中之光學感測器控制器158的光學感測器。光學感測器164 可包括電荷耦合器件(CCD)或互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)光電晶體。光學感測器164接收經由一或多個透鏡投射之環境光且將光轉換成表示影像之資料。結合成像模組143(亦稱為攝影機模組),光學感測器164可捕獲靜態影像或視訊。在一些實施例中,光學感測器位於器件100之背面,與器件之正面上的觸控式螢幕顯示器112相對,使得觸控式螢幕顯示器可用作靜態及/或視訊影像獲取之尋視器。在一些實施例中,光學感測器位於器件之正面上,使得在使用者檢視觸控式螢幕顯示器上之其他視訊會議參與者時,可獲得使用者之影像以用於視訊會議。在一些實施例中,光學感測器164之位置可由使用者(例如,藉由旋轉器件外殼中之透鏡及感測器)改變,使得單一光學感測器164可連同觸控式螢幕顯示器一起用於視訊會議及靜態及/或視訊影像獲取兩者。 Device 100 can also include one or more optical sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor 164 A charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) photo crystal may be included. Optical sensor 164 receives ambient light projected through one or more lenses and converts the light into information representative of the image. In conjunction with the imaging module 143 (also referred to as a camera module), the optical sensor 164 can capture still images or video. In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100 opposite the touch screen display 112 on the front side of the device such that the touch screen display can be used as a seeker for static and/or video image acquisition. . In some embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the front side of the device such that when the user views other video conferencing participants on the touch screen display, the user's image is available for the video conference. In some embodiments, the position of the optical sensor 164 can be changed by a user (eg, by rotating a lens and sensor in the device housing) such that the single optical sensor 164 can be used in conjunction with a touch screen display Both video conferencing and static and/or video image acquisition.
器件100視情況亦包括一或多個接觸強度感測器165。圖1A展示耦接至I/O子系統106中之強度感測器控制器159的接觸強度感測器。接觸強度感測器165視情況包括一或多個壓阻式應變計、電容式力感測器、電動力感測器、壓電式力感測器、光學力感測器、電容式觸敏式表面或其他強度感測器(例如,用於量測觸敏式表面上之接觸的力(或壓力)之感測器)。接觸強度感測器165接收來自環境之接觸強度資訊(例如,壓力資訊或壓力資訊之代理)。在一些實施例中,至少一接觸強度感測器與觸敏式表面(例如,觸敏式顯示器系統112)共置或接近。在一些實施例中,至少一接觸強度感測器位於器件100之背面上,與位於器件100之正面上的觸控式螢幕顯示器112相對。 Device 100 also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 as appropriate. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. The contact intensity sensor 165 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electrodynamic sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch sensitive Surface or other intensity sensor (eg, a sensor for measuring the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). The contact intensity sensor 165 receives contact intensity information (eg, pressure information or pressure information agents) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is co-located or in proximity to a touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back side of device 100 opposite touch screen display 112 on the front side of device 100.
器件100亦可包括一或多個近接感測器166。圖1A展示耦接至周邊器件介面118之近接感測器166。替代地,近接感測器166可耦接至I/O子系統106中之輸入控制器160。近接感測器166可如以下美國專利申請案中所描述般執行:第11/241,839號「Proximity Detector In Handheld Device」;第11/240,788號「Proximity Detector In Handheld Device」;第11/620,702號「Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output」;第11/586,862號「Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices」;及第11/638,251號「Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals」,該等申請案在此以全文引用之方式併入。在一些實施例中,當多功能器件靠近使用者之耳朵置放時(例如,當使用者正進行電話呼叫時),近接感測器關閉且停用觸控式螢幕112。 Device 100 can also include one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG. 1A shows a proximity sensor 166 coupled to a peripheral device interface 118. Alternatively, proximity sensor 166 can be coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. The proximity sensor 166 can be implemented as described in the following U.S. Patent Application: Procimity Detector In, No. 11/241,839 Handheld Device"; No. 11/240,788 "Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"; No. 11/620,702 "Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; No. 11/586,862 "Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable And "Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals", incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (eg, when the user is making a phone call), the proximity sensor is turned off and the touch screen 112 is disabled.
器件100視情況亦包括一或多個觸覺輸出產生器167。圖1A展示耦接至I/O子系統106中之觸感回饋控制器161的觸覺輸出產生器。觸覺輸出產生器167視情況包括一或多個電聲器件(諸如,揚聲器或其他音訊組件),及/或將能量轉換成線性運動之機電器件(諸如馬達、螺線管、電活性聚合物、壓電致動器、靜電致動器),或其他觸覺輸出產生組件(例如,將電信號轉換成器件上之觸覺輸出的組件)。接觸強度感測器165接收來自觸感回饋模組133之觸覺回饋產生指令且在器件100上產生能夠由器件100之使用者感測到的觸覺輸出。在一些實施例中,至少一觸覺輸出產生器與觸敏式表面(例如,觸敏式顯示器系統112)共置或接近,且視情況藉由垂直(例如,進入/離開器件100之表面)或橫向(例如,在與器件100之表面相同的平面中來回)地移動觸敏式表面而產生觸覺輸出。在一些實施例中,至少一觸覺輸出產生器感測器位於器件100之背面上,與位於器件100之正面上的觸控式螢幕顯示器112相對。 Device 100 also includes one or more haptic output generators 167 as appropriate. FIG. 1A shows a haptic output generator coupled to a tactile feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. The haptic output generator 167 optionally includes one or more electro-acoustic devices (such as speakers or other audio components), and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion (such as motors, solenoids, electroactive polymers, Piezoelectric actuators, electrostatic actuators, or other tactile output generating components (eg, components that convert electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor 165 receives a haptic feedback generation command from haptic feedback module 133 and produces a haptic output on device 100 that can be sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one haptic output generator is co-located or proximate to a touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch-sensitive display system 112) and, as appropriate, by vertical (eg, entering/leaving the surface of device 100) or The tactile output is generated by moving the touch-sensitive surface laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as the surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one haptic output generator sensor is located on the back side of device 100 opposite touch screen display 112 on the front side of device 100.
器件100亦可包括一或多個加速度計168。圖1A展示耦接至周邊器件介面118之加速度計168。替代地,加速度計168可耦接至I/O子系統106中之輸入控制器160。加速度計168可如以下中描述般執行:美國專利公開案第20050190059號「Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices」及美國專利公開案第20060017692號「Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer」,該等申請案兩者以全文引用之方式併入本文中。在一些實施例中,基於自一或多個加速度計所接收的資料分析,將資訊以縱向視圖或橫向視圖顯示於觸控式螢幕顯示器上。除了加速度計168外,器件100視情況包括磁力計(未展示)及GPS(或GLONASS或其他全球導航系統)接收器(未展示)以用於獲得與器件100之位置及定向(例如,縱向或橫向)有關之資訊。 Device 100 can also include one or more accelerometers 168. FIG. 1A shows an accelerometer 168 coupled to a peripheral device interface 118. Alternatively, accelerometer 168 can be coupled to input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. The accelerometer 168 can be implemented as described in the following: US Patent Publication No. 20050190059 "Acceleration-based Theft Detection" "Systems and Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer", both of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the information is displayed on the touchscreen display in a portrait or landscape view based on data analysis received from one or more accelerometers. In addition to accelerometer 168, device 100 includes, as appropriate, a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining position and orientation with device 100 (eg, longitudinal or Horizontal) related information.
在一些實施例中,儲存於記憶體102中之軟體組件包括作業系統126、通信模組(或指令集)128、接觸/運動模組(或指令集)130、圖形模組(或指令集)132、文字輸入模組(或指令集)134、全球定位系統(GPS)模組(或指令集)135及應用程式(或指令集)136。此外,在一些實施例中,記憶體102(圖1A)或370(圖3)儲存器件/全域內部狀態157,如圖1A及圖3中所示。器件/全域內部狀態157包括以下中之一或多者:作用中應用程式狀態(指示哪些應用程式(若存在)當前正在作用中);顯示器狀態(指示哪些應用程式、視圖或其他資訊佔用觸控式螢幕顯示器112之各種區域);感測器狀態(包括自器件之各種感測器及輸入控制器件116獲得的資訊);及關於器件之位置及/或姿態的位置資訊。 In some embodiments, the software components stored in the memory 102 include an operating system 126, a communication module (or instruction set) 128, a contact/motion module (or instruction set) 130, a graphics module (or an instruction set). 132. A text input module (or set of instructions) 134, a global positioning system (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and an application (or set of instructions) 136. Moreover, in some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. The device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of the following: active application state (indicating which applications (if any) are currently active); display status (indicating which applications, views, or other information occupy touch) The various states of the screen display 112; the sensor status (including information obtained from various sensors of the device and the input control device 116); and location information about the position and/or attitude of the device.
作業系統126(例如,Darwin、RTXC、LINUX、UNIX、OS X、WINDOWS,或諸如VxWorks之嵌入式作業系統)包括用於控制及管理通用系統任務(例如,記憶體管理、儲存器件控制、電力管理等)之各種軟體組件及/或驅動程式,且促進各個硬體組件與軟體組件之間的通信。 Operating system 126 (eg, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or embedded operating systems such as VxWorks) includes controls and management of general system tasks (eg, memory management, storage device control, power management) And other software components and/or drivers, and facilitate communication between the various hardware components and software components.
通信模組128促進經由一或多個外部埠124與其他器件之通信,且亦包括用於處置RF電路108及/或外部埠124所接收之資料之各種軟 體組件。外部埠124(例如,通用串列匯流排(USB)、FIREWIRE等)適合於直接耦接至其他器件,或經由網路(例如,網際網路、無線LAN等)間接耦接至其他器件。在一些實施例中,外部埠為與在iPod(Apple公司之商標)器件上使用之30接腳連接器相同或類似及/或相容之多接腳(例如,30接腳)連接器。 Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices via one or more external ports 124, and also includes various softities for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124 Body component. The external port 124 (eg, a universal serial bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted to be directly coupled to other devices or indirectly coupled to other devices via a network (eg, an internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (eg, 30-pin) connector that is the same or similar and/or compatible with a 30-pin connector used on an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) device.
接觸/運動模組130視情況偵測與觸控式螢幕112(結合顯示控制器156)及其他觸敏式器件(例如,觸控板或實體點選輪)之接觸。接觸/運動模組130包括用於執行與接觸偵測相關之各種操作的各種軟體組件,諸如判定是否已發生接觸(例如,偵測手指向下事件)、判定接觸之強度(例如,接觸之力或壓力或接觸之力或壓力的替代物)、判定接觸是否存在移動及橫跨觸敏式表面追蹤該移動(例如,偵測一或多個手指拖曳事件),及判定接觸是否已停止(例如,偵測手指向上事件或接觸中斷)。接觸/運動模組130接收來自觸敏式表面之接觸資料。判定接觸點之移動(其由一系列接觸資料表示)視情況包括判定接觸點之速率(量值)、速度(量值及方向)及/或加速度(量值及/或方向之變化)。視情況將此等操作應用於單個的接觸(例如,一個手指接觸)或應用於多個同時接觸(例如,「多觸摸」/多個手指接觸)。在一些實施例中,接觸/運動模組130及顯示控制器156偵測觸控板上之接觸。 The contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with the touch screen 112 (in conjunction with the display controller 156) and other touch sensitive devices (eg, a trackpad or physical pointing wheel). The contact/motion module 130 includes various software components for performing various operations related to contact detection, such as determining whether contact has occurred (eg, detecting a finger down event), determining the strength of the contact (eg, the force of contact) Or a substitute for pressure or contact force or pressure), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (eg, detecting one or more finger drag events), and determining if the contact has stopped (eg, , detecting finger up events or contact interruptions). Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from a touch-sensitive surface. Determining the movement of the contact point (which is represented by a series of contact data) includes determining the rate (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or acceleration (variation in magnitude and/or direction) of the contact point, as appropriate. These operations are applied to a single contact (eg, one finger contact) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (eg, "multi-touch" / multiple finger contacts) as appropriate. In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 and the display controller 156 detect contact on the touchpad.
在一些實施例中,接觸/運動模組130使用一或多個強度臨限值之集合,以判定使用者是否已執行操作(例如,判定使用者是否已「點選」圖示)。在一些實施例中,根據軟體參數判定強度臨限值之至少一子集(例如,強度臨限值並非藉由特定實體致動器之啟動臨限值判定,且其可在不改變器件100之實體硬體之情況下經調整)。舉例而言,可在不改變軌跡墊或觸控式螢幕顯示器硬體的情況下,將軌跡墊或觸控式螢幕顯示器之滑鼠「點選」臨限值設定為較大範圍之預定義臨限值中之任一者。另外,在一些實施中,器件之使用者具備用於調 整強度臨限值之集合中的一或多者之軟體設定(例如,藉由調整個別強度臨限值,及/或藉由用系統層級之點選「強度」參數一次調整複數個強度臨限值)。 In some embodiments, the contact/motion module 130 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine if the user has performed an operation (eg, to determine if the user has "clicked" the icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined based on the software parameters (eg, the intensity threshold is not determined by the activation threshold of the particular physical actuator, and it may not change the device 100) Adjusted in the case of physical hardware). For example, the mouse "click" threshold of the track pad or the touch screen display can be set to a larger range of predefined fields without changing the track pad or the touch screen display hardware. Any of the limits. In addition, in some implementations, the user of the device is provided for tuning Software setting of one or more of the set of integer strength thresholds (eg, by adjusting individual intensity thresholds, and/or by adjusting the intensity thresholds once by clicking on the "strength" parameter at the system level value).
接觸/運動模組130視情況偵測由使用者所輸入之示意動作。觸敏式表面上之不同示意動作具有不同的接觸圖案(例如,偵測到之接觸的不同運動、時序及/或強度)。因此,視情況藉由偵測特定接觸圖案而偵測示意動作。舉例而言,偵測手指輕觸(tap)示意動作包括偵測手指向下事件,繼之以在與手指向下事件相同之位置(或實質上相同之位置)(例如,在圖示之位置)處偵測手指向上(起離)事件。作為另一實例,偵測觸敏式表面上之手指滑移(swipe)示意動作包括偵測手指向下事件,繼之以偵測一或多個手指拖曳事件,且隨後繼之以偵測手指向上(起離)事件。 The contact/motion module 130 detects the gestures input by the user as appropriate. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (eg, different motions, timings, and/or intensities of the detected contacts). Therefore, the gesture is detected by detecting a specific contact pattern as appropriate. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger down event followed by the same (or substantially the same) position as the finger down event (eg, at the location shown) ) detects the finger up (off) event. As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on a touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger down event, followed by detecting one or more finger drag events, and then subsequently detecting the finger Up (off) event.
圖形模組132包括用於在觸控式螢幕112或其他顯示器上顯現及顯示圖形的各種已知軟體組件,包括用於改變所顯示之圖形的視覺衝擊(例如,亮度、透明度、飽和度、對比度或其他視覺性質)之組件。如本文中所使用,術語「圖形」包括可向使用者顯示之任何物件,包括但不限於文字、網頁、圖示(諸如包括螢幕按鍵在內之使用者介面物件)、數位影像、視訊、動畫及類似者。 The graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on the touch screen 112 or other display, including visual impact for changing the displayed graphics (eg, brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast) Or other visual properties) components. As used herein, the term "graphic" includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including but not limited to text, web pages, graphics (such as user interface objects including screen buttons), digital video, video, animation. And similar.
在一些實施例中,圖形模組132儲存表示待使用之圖形之資料。視情況向每一圖形指派對應程式碼。圖形模組132自應用程式等接收指定待顯示之圖形之一或多個程式碼,以及座標資料及其他圖形性質資料(若必要),且隨後產生螢幕影像資料以輸出至顯示控制器156。 In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is assigned a corresponding code as appropriate. The graphic module 132 receives one or more code codes of the graphic to be displayed, and the coordinate data and other graphic property data (if necessary) from the application program or the like, and then generates the image data of the screen to output to the display controller 156.
觸感回饋模組133包括各種軟體組件以用於產生由觸覺輸出產生器167所使用之指令,以回應於使用者與器件100之互動在器件100上之一或多個位置處產生觸覺輸出。 The tactile feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions for use by the tactile output generator 167 to generate a tactile output at one or more locations on the device 100 in response to user interaction with the device 100.
文字輸入模組134(其可為圖形模組132之組件)提供用於在各種應 用程式(例如,連絡人137、電子郵件140、IM 141、瀏覽器147及需要文字輸入之任何其他應用程式)中鍵入文字之螢幕按鍵盤。 Text input module 134 (which may be a component of graphics module 132) is provided for use in various applications Use the program (for example, contact 137, email 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application that requires text input) to type a text on the screen.
GPS模組135判定器件之位置,且提供此資訊供各個應用程式使用(例如提供給電話138,供在基於位置之撥號中使用;提供給攝影機143,作為圖片/視訊後設資料;以及提供給提供基於位置之服務之應用程式,諸如天氣介面工具集、本地黃頁介面工具集,及地圖/導航介面工具集)。 The GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use by various applications (e.g., to the phone 138 for use in location-based dialing; to the camera 143 for image/video post-data; and for Provides location-based services such as the weather interface toolset, the local yellow page interface toolset, and the map/navigation interface toolset.
應用程式136可包括以下模組(或指令集),或其子集或超集:●連絡人模組137(有時稱作通訊錄或連絡人清單);●電話模組138;●視訊會議模組139;●電子郵件用戶端模組140;●即時訊息傳遞(IM)模組141;●健身支援模組142;●用於靜態及/或視訊影像之攝影機模組143;●影像管理模組144;●視訊播放器模組;●音樂播放器模組;●瀏覽器模組147;●行事曆模組148;●介面工具集模組149,其可包括以下中之一或多者:天氣介面工具集149-1、股票介面工具集149-2、計算器介面工具集149-3、鬧鐘介面工具集149-4、辭典介面工具集149-5及由使用者獲得之其他介面工具集,以及使用者建立之介面工具集149-6;●用於產生使用者建立之介面工具集149-6的介面工具集建立者模組150; ●搜尋模組151;●視訊及音樂播放器模組152,其合併視訊播放器模組與音樂播放器模組;●備忘錄模組153;●地圖模組154;及/或●連線視訊模組155。 The application 136 can include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: • a contact module 137 (sometimes referred to as an address book or contact list); • a phone module 138; • a video conference Module 139; ● email client module 140; instant messaging (IM) module 141; fitness support module 142; camera module 143 for static and/or video images; Group 144; • video player module; • music player module; • browser module 147; • calendar module 148; • interface tool set module 149, which may include one or more of the following: Weather Interface Tool Set 149-1, Stock Interface Tool Set 149-2, Calculator Interface Tool Set 149-3, Alarm Interface Tool Set 149-4, Dictionary Interface Tool Set 149-5, and other interface toolsets available to users And a user-created interface tool set 149-6; an interface tool set builder module 150 for generating a user-created interface tool set 149-6; a search module 151; a video and music player module 152 that combines a video player module and a music player module; a memo module 153; a map module 154; and/or a connected video module Group 155.
可儲存在記憶體102中之其他應用程式136之實例包括其他文書處理應用程式、其他影像編輯應用程式、繪圖應用程式、呈現應用程式、具JAVA功能之應用程式、加密、數位版權管理、語音辨識及語音複寫。 Examples of other applications 136 that can be stored in the memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, rendering applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, speech recognition. And voice overwriting.
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,連絡人模組137可用於管理通訊錄或連絡人清單(例如,儲存在記憶體102或記憶體370中之連絡人模組137之應用程式內部狀態192中),包括:在通訊錄中新增姓名;自通訊錄刪除姓名;使電話號碼、電子郵件位址、實體位址或其他資訊與姓名相關聯;使影像與姓名相關聯;對姓名進行歸類及分類;提供電話號碼或電子郵件位址,以藉由電話138、視訊會議模組139、電子郵件140或IM 141起始及/或促進通信;等等。 In conjunction with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, and the text input module 134, the contact module 137 can be used to manage the address book or contact list (eg, stored in memory). The application internal state 192 of the contact module 137 in the body 102 or the memory 370 includes: adding a name in the address book; deleting the name from the address book; making the phone number, email address, physical address Or other information associated with the name; associate the image with the name; classify and categorize the name; provide a phone number or email address for use by phone 138, video conferencing module 139, email 140, or IM 141 Start and / or promote communication; and so on.
結合RF電路系統108、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、麥克風113、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,電話模組138可用以鍵入對應於電話號碼之字元序列、存取連絡人模組137中之一或多個電話號碼、修改已鍵入之電話號碼、撥打各別電話號碼、進行交談及當交談完成時斷開連接或掛斷。如上所述,無線通信可使用複數種通信標準、協定及技術中之任一者。 In combination with the RF circuit system 108, the audio circuit 110, the speaker 111, the microphone 113, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, and the text input module 134, the telephone module 138 is available. To type a sequence of characters corresponding to a phone number, access one or more phone numbers in the contact module 137, modify a typed phone number, dial a separate phone number, make a conversation, and disconnect when the conversation is complete Or hang up. As noted above, wireless communication can use any of a variety of communication standards, protocols, and techniques.
結合RF電路108、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、麥克風113、觸控 式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、光學感測器164、光學感測器控制器158、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、連絡人模組137及電話模組138,視訊會議模組139包括用以根據使用者指令而起始、進行及終止使用者與一或多個其他參與者之間的視訊會議之可執行指令。 Combined with RF circuit 108, audio circuit 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch Screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact/motion module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact module 137, and telephone module 138. The video conferencing module 139 includes executable instructions for initiating, conducting, and terminating a video conference between the user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,電子郵件用戶端模組140包括用以回應於使用者指令而建立、發送、接收及管理電子郵件之可執行指令。結合影像管理模組144,電子郵件用戶端模組140使得非常易於建立及發送帶有用攝影機模組143拍攝之靜態影像或視訊影像之電子郵件。 In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, and the text input module 134, the email client module 140 is configured to respond to user commands. Executable instructions for creating, sending, receiving, and managing email. In conjunction with the image management module 144, the email client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send emails with still or video images captured with the camera module 143.
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,即時訊息傳遞模組141包括用以鍵入對應於即時訊息之字元序列、修改先前鍵入之字元、傳輸各別即時訊息(例如,對基於電話之即時訊息使用短訊息服務(SMS)或多媒體訊息服務(MMS)協定,或對基於網際網路之即時訊息使用XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS)、接收即時訊息,及檢視所接收之即時訊息的可執行指令。在一些實施例中,所傳輸及/或接收之即時訊息可包括圖形、相片、音訊檔案、視訊檔案及/或在MMS及/或增強型訊息傳遞服務(EMS)中支援之其他附加檔案。如本文中所使用,「即時訊息傳遞」係指基於電話之訊息(例如,使用SMS或MMS發送之訊息)及基於網際網路之訊息(例如,使用XMPP、SIMPLE或IMPS發送之訊息)兩者。 In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, and the text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes a keyword for inputting an instant message. Meta-sequence, modify previously typed characters, transmit individual instant messages (for example, use short message service (SMS) or multimedia messaging service (MMS) protocol for instant messaging based on the phone, or use instant messaging based on the Internet) XMPP, SIMPLE or IMPS), receiving instant messages, and viewing executable instructions for received instant messages. In some embodiments, the transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and/or other additional files supported in MMS and/or Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to both phone-based messages (eg, messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (eg, messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). .
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、GPS模組135、地圖模組154及音樂播放器模組,健身支援模組142包括用以建立健身計劃(例如,具有時間、距離及/或卡路里燃燒目標)、與健身感測器(運動器 件)通信、接收健身感測器資料、校準用於監視健身之感測器、為健身選擇及播放音樂,及顯示、儲存及傳輸健身資料之可執行指令。 The RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, the text input module 134, the GPS module 135, the map module 154, and the music player module are combined. The fitness support module 142 includes a fitness program (eg, with time, distance, and/or calorie burning targets), and a fitness sensor (exercise) Communication, receiving fitness sensor data, calibrating sensors for monitoring fitness, selecting and playing music for fitness, and executing instructions for displaying, storing, and transmitting fitness data.
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、光學感測器164、光學感測器控制器158、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及影像管理模組144,攝影機模組143包括用以捕獲靜態影像或視訊(包括視訊串流)並將其儲存至記憶體102中、修改靜態影像或視訊之特性,或自記憶體102中刪除靜態影像或視訊之可執行指令。 In combination with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the optical sensor 164, the optical sensor controller 158, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, and the image management module 144, the camera module 143 includes An executable instruction for capturing still images or video (including video streams) and storing them in the memory 102, modifying the characteristics of the still images or video, or deleting still images or video from the memory 102.
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134及攝影機模組143,影像管理模組144包括用以配置、修改(例如,編輯)或以其他方式操縱、標記、刪除、呈現(例如,用數位投影片放映或相薄)及儲存靜態影像及/或視訊影像之可執行指令。 In combination with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, the text input module 134, and the camera module 143, the image management module 144 includes configuration (eg, editing). Or otherwise manipulate, mark, delete, render (eg, use a digital slide to show or thin) and store executable instructions for still images and/or video images.
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,瀏覽器模組147包括用以根據使用者指令瀏覽網際網路(包括搜尋、連結至、接收及顯示網頁或網頁之部分,以及連結至網頁之附加檔案及其他檔案)之可執行指令。 In combination with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, and the text input module 134, the browser module 147 includes a browser for browsing the Internet according to user instructions. (Executive instructions for searching, linking to, receiving and displaying portions of web pages or web pages, and additional files and other files linked to web pages).
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示系統控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、電子郵件用戶端模組140及瀏覽器模組147,行事曆模組148包括用以根據使用者指令建立、顯示、修改及儲存行事曆及與行事曆相關聯之資料(例如,行事曆輸入項、待辦事件清單等)的可執行指令。 The RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display system controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, the text input module 134, the email client module 140, and the browser module 147 are acted upon. Calendar module 148 includes executable instructions for creating, displaying, modifying, and storing calendars and calendar-related data (eg, calendar entries, to-do event listings, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134及瀏覽器模組147,介面工具集模組149為可由使用者下載及使用之微型應用程式(例如,天氣介面工具集149-1、股票介面工具集149-2、計算器介面工具集149-3、鬧鐘 介面工具集149-4及辭典介面工具集149-5),或由使用者建立之微型應用程式(例如,使用者建立之介面工具集149-6)。在一些實施例中,介面工具集包括HTML(超文字標記語言)檔案、CSS(階層式樣式表)檔案及JavaScript檔案。在一些實施例中,介面工具集包括XML(可延伸標記語言)檔案及JavaScript檔案(例如,Yahoo!介面工具集)。 In conjunction with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, and the browser module 147, the interface tool set module 149 is user-accessible. Download and use micro-apps (for example, weather interface tool set 149-1, stock interface tool set 149-2, calculator interface tool set 149-3, alarm clock Interface tool set 149-4 and dictionary interface tool set 149-5), or a micro-application created by the user (eg, user-created interface tool set 149-6). In some embodiments, the interface toolset includes HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) files, CSS (hierarchical style sheet) files, and JavaScript files. In some embodiments, the interface toolset includes XML (Extensible Markup Language) files and JavaScript files (eg, the Yahoo! Interface Toolkit).
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134及瀏覽器模組147,介面工具集建立者模組150可由使用者使用以建立介面工具集(例如,將網頁之使用者指定部分變成介面工具集)。 In conjunction with the RF circuit 108, the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphics module 132, the text input module 134, and the browser module 147, the interface tool set builder module 150 can be used. It is used to create an interface tool set (eg, to turn a user-specified portion of a web page into an interface toolset).
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,搜尋模組151包括用以根據使用者指令搜尋記憶體102中與一或多個搜尋準則(例如,一或多個使用者指定之搜尋術語)匹配之文字、音樂、聲音、影像、視訊及/或其他檔案的可執行指令。 The search module 151 includes a touch screen 112, a display controller 156, a contact/motion module 130, a graphics module 132, and a text input module 134. The search module 151 includes one or more memory modules 102 for searching according to user commands. Search criteria (eg, one or more user-specified search terms) that match the executable instructions for text, music, sound, video, video, and/or other files.
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、RF電路108及瀏覽器模組147,視訊及音樂播放器模組152包括允許使用者下載及播放以一或多個檔案格式儲存之已記錄音樂及其他聲音檔案(諸如,MP3或AAC檔案)之可執行指令,及用以顯示、呈現或以其他方式播放視訊(例如,在觸控式螢幕112上或在經由外部埠124連接之外部顯示器上)之可執行指令。在一些實施例中,器件100視情況包括諸如iPod(Apple公司之商標)之MP3播放器的功能性。 The video and music player module 152 includes a touch screen 112, a display controller 156, a contact/motion module 130, a graphics module 132, an audio circuit 110, a speaker 111, an RF circuit 108, and a browser module 147. Allowing a user to download and play executable instructions of recorded music and other sound files (such as MP3 or AAC files) stored in one or more file formats, and to display, render or otherwise play video (eg, Executable instructions on touch screen 112 or on an external display connected via external port 124. In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes functionality of an MP3 player such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132及文字輸入模組134,備忘錄模組153包括用以根據使用者指令建立及管理記事本、待辦事項清單等之可執行指令。 The memo module 153 includes a touch screen 112, a display controller 156, a contact/motion module 130, a graphic module 132, and a text input module 134. The memo module 153 includes a notebook to be set up and managed according to user instructions. Executable instructions such as lists.
結合RF電路108、觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模 組130、圖形模組132、文字輸入模組134、GPS模組135及瀏覽器模組147,地圖模組154可用於根據使用者指令來接收、顯示、修改及儲存地圖及與地圖相關聯之資料(例如,行駛方向;與位於特定位置或其附近之商店及其他所關心之地點有關之資料;及其他基於位置之資料)。 In combination with RF circuit 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact/motion mode The group 130, the graphic module 132, the text input module 134, the GPS module 135 and the browser module 147 can be used for receiving, displaying, modifying and storing maps and associated with the map according to user instructions. Information (eg, direction of travel; information relating to stores located at or near a particular location and other locations of interest; and other location-based information).
結合觸控式螢幕112、顯示控制器156、接觸/運動模組130、圖形模組132、音訊電路110、揚聲器111、RF電路108、文字輸入模組134、電子郵件用戶端模組140及瀏覽器模組147,連線視訊模組155包括允許使用者存取、瀏覽、接收(例如,藉由串流傳輸及/或下載)、播放(例如,在觸控式螢幕上,或在經由外部埠124連接之外部顯示器上)、發送具有至特定連線視訊之連結之電子郵件,及以其他方式管理呈一或多種檔案格式(諸如H.264)之連線視訊之指令。在一些實施例中,即時訊息傳遞模組141,而非電子郵件用戶端模組140,用於發送至特定連線視訊之連結。在美國臨時專利申請案第60/936,562號,「Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos」(於2007年6月20日申請)及美國專利申請案第11/968,067號,「Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos」(於2007年12月31日申請)中可找到連線視訊應用之額外描述,此兩件專利申請案之內容在此以全文引用之方式併入。 In combination with the touch screen 112, the display controller 156, the contact/motion module 130, the graphic module 132, the audio circuit 110, the speaker 111, the RF circuit 108, the text input module 134, the email client module 140, and browsing The module 147 includes a video module 155 that allows the user to access, browse, receive (eg, by streaming and/or downloading), play (eg, on a touch screen, or via an external device)埠124 is connected to an external display), sends an email with a link to a particular connected video, and otherwise manages the instructions for connecting video in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, the instant messaging module 141, rather than the email client module 140, is configured to send a link to a particular connected video. U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/936,562, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos" (filed on June 20, 2007) and U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 11/968,067, An additional description of the connected video application can be found in the Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos (filed on December 31, 2007), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. The way to incorporate.
上文識別之模組及應用程式中之每一者對應於執行一或多個上述功能及在本申請案中描述之方法(例如,電腦實施之方法及本文中說明之其他資訊處理方法)之一組可執行指令。此等模組(亦即,指令集)未必需要實施為獨立的軟體程式、程序或模組,且因此在各種實施例中此等模組之各種子集可組合或以其他方式重新配置。舉例而言,視訊播放器模組可與音樂播放器模組組合成單一模組(例如,視訊及音樂播放器模組152,圖1A)。在一些實施例中,記憶體102可儲 存上文所識別之模組及資料結構的子集。此外,記憶體102可儲存上文未描述之額外模組及資料結構。 Each of the modules and applications identified above corresponds to performing one or more of the above-described functions and methods described in the present application (eg, computer implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein) A set of executable instructions. Such modules (ie, instruction sets) do not necessarily need to be implemented as separate software programs, programs, or modules, and thus various subsets of such modules may be combined or otherwise reconfigured in various embodiments. For example, the video player module can be combined with the music player module into a single module (eg, video and music player module 152, FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, the memory 102 can be stored A subset of the modules and data structures identified above are stored. In addition, the memory 102 can store additional modules and data structures not described above.
在一些實施例中,器件100為僅僅藉由觸控式螢幕及/或觸控板執行該器件上之一組預定義功能之操作的器件。藉由使用觸控式螢幕及/或觸控板作為器件100之操作之主要輸入控制器件,可減少器件100上之實體輸入控制器件(諸如推按按鈕、撥號盤等)之數目。 In some embodiments, device 100 is a device that performs only one set of predefined functions on the device by means of a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or trackpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, etc.) on device 100 can be reduced.
經由觸控式螢幕及/或觸控板排他地執行之預定義功能集合視情況包括使用者介面之間的導航。在一些實施例中,當由使用者觸摸時,觸控板將器件100自顯示於器件100上之任何使用者介面導航至主要功能表、首頁功能表或根功能表。在此等實施例中,使用觸控板實施「功能表按鈕」。在一些其他實施例中,功能表按鈕為實體推按按鈕或其他實體輸入控制器件,而非觸控板。 The predefined set of functions that are exclusively performed via the touchscreen and/or trackpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad navigates device 100 from any user interface displayed on device 100 to a primary function menu, a home menu, or a root menu when touched by a user. In these embodiments, the "function table button" is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device, rather than a touchpad.
圖1B為說明根據一些實施例之用於事件處置之例示性組件的方塊圖。在一些實施例中,記憶體102(圖1A)或370(圖3)包括事件分類器170(例如,在作業系統126中)及各別應用程式136-1(例如,前述應用程式137至151、155、380至390中的任一者)。 FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating an illustrative component for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event classifier 170 (eg, in operating system 126) and respective application programs 136-1 (eg, the aforementioned applications 137-151) , 155, 380 to 390).
事件分類器170接收事件資訊,且判定將事件資訊遞送至之應用程式136-1及應用程式136-1之應用程式視圖191。事件分類器170包括事件監視器171及事件分派程式模組174。在一些實施例中,應用程式136-1包括應用程式內部狀態192,其指示在該應用程式在作用中或正在執行時顯示於觸敏式顯示器112上之當前應用程式視圖。在一些實施例中,事件分類器170使用器件/全域內部狀態157以判定哪一或哪些應用程式當前在作用中,且事件分類器170使用應用程式內部狀態192以判定將事件資訊遞送至之應用程式視圖191。 The event classifier 170 receives the event information and determines the application view 191 to which the event information is delivered to the application 136-1 and the application 136-1. The event classifier 170 includes an event monitor 171 and an event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, the application 136-1 includes an application internal state 192 that indicates a current application view that is displayed on the touch-sensitive display 112 while the application is active or in execution. In some embodiments, event classifier 170 uses device/global internal state 157 to determine which application or applications are currently active, and event classifier 170 uses application internal state 192 to determine the application to which event information is to be delivered. Program view 191.
在一些實施例中,應用程式內部狀態192包括額外資訊,諸如以下中之一或多者:當應用程式136-1恢復執行時將使用之恢復資訊、 指示正由應用程式136-1顯示或準備好由應用程式136-1顯示之資訊的使用者介面狀態資訊、使得使用者能夠回到應用程式136-1之先前狀態或視圖之狀態佇列,及使用者進行之先前動作之重做/復原佇列。 In some embodiments, the application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of the following: recovery information that will be used when the application 136-1 resumes execution, Indicating user interface status information that is being displayed or prepared by the application 136-1 for information displayed by the application 136-1, enabling the user to return to the status of the previous state or view of the application 136-1, and The redo/restore queue of the previous actions performed by the user.
事件監視器171自周邊器件介面118接收事件資訊。事件資訊包括關於子事件(例如,觸敏式顯示器112上之作為多點觸摸示意動作之部分的使用者觸摸)之資訊。周邊器件介面118傳輸其自I/O子系統106或感測器(諸如近接感測器166、加速度計168及/或麥克風113(經由音訊電路110))接收之資訊。周邊器件介面118自I/O子系統106接收之資訊包括來自觸敏顯示器112或觸敏表面之資訊。 Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripheral device interface 118. The event information includes information about sub-events (e.g., user touches on the touch-sensitive display 112 that are part of a multi-touch gesture). The peripheral device interface 118 transmits information it receives from the I/O subsystem 106 or sensors, such as the proximity sensor 166, the accelerometer 168, and/or the microphone 113 (via the audio circuit 110). Information received by peripheral device interface 118 from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
在一些實施例中,事件監視器171以預定時間間隔向周邊器件介面118發送請求。作為回應,周邊器件介面118傳輸事件資訊。在其他實施例中,僅在存在重大事件(例如,接收到超過預定雜訊臨限值之輸入及/或接收輸入歷時超過預定持續時間)時,周邊器件介面118才傳輸事件資訊。 In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends a request to peripheral device interface 118 at predetermined time intervals. In response, the peripheral device interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, the peripheral device interface 118 transmits event information only if there is a significant event (eg, receiving an input exceeding a predetermined noise threshold and/or receiving an input for a predetermined duration).
在一些實施例中,事件分類器170亦包括點選視圖(hit view)判定模組172及/或作用中事件辨識器判定模組173。 In some embodiments, event classifier 170 also includes a hit view decision module 172 and/or an active event recognizer decision module 173.
點選視圖判定模組172提供用於判定當觸敏顯示器112顯示一個以上視圖時,在一或多個視圖內於何處發生了子事件之軟體程序。視圖由控件及使用者可在顯示器上看到之其他元件構成。 The click view determination module 172 provides a software program for determining where a sub-event occurred within one or more views when the touch-sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. The view consists of controls and other components that the user can see on the display.
與應用程式相關聯之使用者介面之另一態樣為本文中有時被稱為應用程式視圖或使用者介面視窗之視圖集合,在該視圖集合中顯示資訊且發生基於觸摸之示意動作。在其中偵測到觸摸之(各別應用程式之)應用程式視圖可對應於應用程式之程式階層或視圖階層內之程式層級。舉例而言,在其中偵測到觸摸之最低層級視圖可稱為點選視圖,且可至少部分地基於開始基於觸摸之示意動作的初始觸摸之點選視圖來判定辨識為恰當輸入之事件集合。 Another aspect of the user interface associated with the application is a collection of views, sometimes referred to as an application view or a user interface window, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application view in which the touch is detected (for each application) may correspond to the program hierarchy within the application program hierarchy or view hierarchy. For example, the lowest level view in which the touch is detected may be referred to as a point of view view, and the set of events identified as being properly input may be determined based, at least in part, on a click through view of the initial touch that begins the touch based gesture.
點選視圖判定模組172接收與基於觸摸之示意動作之子事件相關的資訊。當應用程式具有按階層組織之多個視圖時,點選視圖判定模組172將點選視圖識別為該階層中應處置該子事件之最低視圖。在大多數情況下,點選視圖為其中發生起始子事件(亦即,形成事件或潛在事件之子事件序列中的第一子事件)之最低層級視圖。一旦點選視圖判定模組172識別出點選視圖,點選視圖即通常接收與其被識別為點選視圖之相同觸摸或輸入源相關之所有子事件。 The click view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events based on the gesture-based gesture. When the application has multiple views organized by hierarchy, the click view decision module 172 identifies the clicked view as the lowest view in the hierarchy in which the sub-event should be handled. In most cases, the click view is the lowest level view in which the starting sub-event occurs (ie, the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form the event or potential event). Once the click view decision module 172 recognizes the click view, the click view typically receives all of the sub-events associated with the same touch or input source identified as the click-selected view.
作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定視圖階層內之哪一或哪些視圖應接收特定子事件序列。在一些實施例中,作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定僅點選視圖應接收特定子事件序列。在其他實施例中,作用中事件辨識器判定模組173判定包括子事件之實體位置的所有視圖為主動參與之視圖,且因此判定所有主動參與之視圖應接收特定子事件序列。在其他實施例中,即使觸摸子事件完全侷限於與一特定視圖相關聯之區域,階層中較高之視圖仍保持作為主動參與之視圖。 The active event recognizer decision module 173 determines which view or views within the view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, the active event recognizer decision module 173 determines that only the click view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, the active event recognizer decision module 173 determines that all views including the physical location of the sub-event are views of the active participation, and thus determines that all actively participating views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if the touch sub-event is completely limited to the area associated with a particular view, the higher view in the hierarchy remains as a view of active participation.
事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊分派給事件辨識器(例如,事件辨識器180)。在包括作用中事件辨識器判定模組173之實施例中,事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊遞送至由作用中事件辨識器判定模組173所判定之事件辨識器。在一些實施例中,事件分派程式模組174將由各別事件接收器模組182所擷取之事件資訊儲存於事件佇列中。 The event dispatcher module 174 dispatches event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In an embodiment including the active event recognizer decision module 173, the event dispatcher module 174 delivers event information to the event recognizer determined by the active event recognizer decision module 173. In some embodiments, the event dispatcher module 174 stores event information retrieved by the respective event receiver modules 182 in an event queue.
在一些實施例中,作業系統126包括事件分類器170。替代地,應用程式136-1包括事件分類器170。在其他實施例中,事件分類器170為獨立模組或儲存於記憶體102中之另一模組(諸如,接觸/運動模組130)的部分。 In some embodiments, the operating system 126 includes an event classifier 170. Alternatively, the application 136-1 includes an event classifier 170. In other embodiments, event classifier 170 is a separate module or part of another module (such as contact/motion module 130) stored in memory 102.
在一些實施例中,應用程式136-1包括複數個事件處置程式190及一或多個應用程式視圖191,其中之每一者包括用於處置在應用程式之使用者介面之各別視圖內所發生的觸摸事件之指令。應用程式136- 1之每一應用程式視圖191包括一或多個事件辨識器180。通常,各別應用程式視圖191包括複數個事件辨識器180。在其他實施例中,事件辨識器180中之一或多者為單獨模組(諸如,使用者介面套組(未展示)或較高層級物件,應用程式136-1自該較高層級物件繼承方法及其他性質)之部分。在一些實施例中,各別事件處置程式190包括以下中之一或多者:資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177、GUI更新程式178,及/或自事件分類器170所接收之事件資料179。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177或GUI更新程式178來更新應用程式內部狀態192。替代地,應用程式視圖191中之一或多者包括一或多個各別事件處置程式190。又,在一些實施例中,資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177及GUI更新程式178中之一或多者包括於各別應用程式視圖191中。 In some embodiments, the application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes a separate view for handling the user interface of the application. The instruction of the touch event that occurred. Application 136- Each of the application views 191 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, the respective application views 191 include a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of the event recognizers 180 are separate modules (such as a user interface set (not shown) or higher level objects, and the application 136-1 inherits from the higher level object. Part of the method and other properties). In some embodiments, the individual event handler 190 includes one or more of the following: a data update program 176, an object update program 177, a GUI update program 178, and/or event data 179 received from the event classifier 170. . The event handler 190 can utilize the data update program 176, the object update program 177, or the GUI update program 178 to update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 include one or more individual event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of the data update program 176, the object update program 177, and the GUI update program 178 are included in the respective application views 191.
各別事件辨識器180接收來自事件分類器170之事件資訊(例如,事件資料179),且根據事件資訊識別事件。事件辨識器180包括事件接收器182及事件比較器184。在一些實施例中,事件辨識器180亦包括後設資料183及事件遞送指令188(其可包括子事件遞送指令)之至少一子集。 The individual event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event material 179) from the event classifier 170 and identifies the event based on the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes an event receiver 182 and an event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of post-data 183 and event delivery instructions 188 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).
事件接收器182接收來自事件分類器170之事件資訊。事件資訊包括關於子事件(例如,觸摸或觸摸移動)之資訊。取決於子事件,事件資訊亦包括額外資訊,諸如子事件之位置。當子事件與觸摸之動作有關時,事件資訊亦可包括子事件之速率及方向。在一些實施例中,事件包括器件自一定向至另一定向(例如,自縱向定向至橫向定向,或自橫向定向至縱向定向)之旋轉,且事件資訊包括關於器件之當前定向(亦稱為器件姿態)之對應資訊。 Event receiver 182 receives event information from event classifier 170. Event information includes information about sub-events (eg, touch or touch movement). Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as the location of the sub-event. When a sub-event is related to a touch action, the event information may also include the rate and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, the event includes rotation of the device from a certain orientation to another orientation (eg, from portrait orientation to landscape orientation, or from lateral orientation to longitudinal orientation), and event information includes information about the current orientation of the device (also known as Correspondence information of device attitude).
事件比較器184比較事件資訊與預定義事件或子事件定義,且基於該比較判定事件或子事件,或判定或更新事件或子事件之狀態。在一些實施例中,事件比較器184包括事件定義186。事件定義186含有 事件(例如,子事件之預定義序列)之定義,例如,事件1(187-1)、事件2(187-2)及其他事件。在一些實施例中,事件187中之子事件包括(例如)觸摸開始、觸摸結束、觸摸移動、觸摸取消及多點觸摸。在一實例中,事件1(187-1)之定義為對顯示物件之雙輕觸。雙輕觸(例如)包含歷時預定階段之所顯示物件上之第一觸摸(觸摸開始)、歷時預定階段之第一起離(觸摸結束)、歷時預定階段之所顯示物件上之第二觸摸(觸摸開始)及歷時預定階段之第二起離(觸摸結束)。在另一實例中,事件2(187-2)之定義為對顯示物件之拖曳。拖曳(例如)包含歷時預定階段之所顯示物件上之觸摸(或接觸)、觸摸跨觸敏式顯示器112之移動及觸摸之起離(觸摸結束)。在一些實施例中,事件亦包括一或多個相關聯事件處置程式190之資訊。 The event comparator 184 compares the event information with a predefined event or sub-event definition and determines an event or sub-event based on the comparison, or determines or updates the status of the event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes an event definition 186. Event definition 186 contains The definition of an event (for example, a predefined sequence of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and other events. In some embodiments, sub-events in event 187 include, for example, touch start, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multi-touch. In one example, event 1 (187-1) is defined as a double touch to the displayed object. Double tapping, for example, includes a first touch (touch start) on the displayed object over a predetermined period of time, a first departure (a touch end) of a predetermined period of time, and a second touch on the displayed object over a predetermined period of time (touch Start) and the second departure from the scheduled phase (end of touch). In another example, event 2 (187-2) is defined as a drag on the displayed object. Dragging, for example, includes touching (or touching) on the displayed object over a predetermined period of time, movement of the touch across the touch sensitive display 112, and movement of the touch (end of touch). In some embodiments, the event also includes information of one or more associated event handlers 190.
在一些實施例中,事件定義187包括各別使用者介面物件之事件之定義。在一些實施例中,事件比較器184執行點選測試,以判定哪個使用者介面物件與子事件相關聯。舉例而言,在於觸敏顯示器112上顯示三個使用者介面物件之應用程式視圖中,當在觸敏顯示器112上偵測到觸摸時,事件比較器184執行點選測試,以判定三個使用者介面物件中之哪一者與觸摸(子事件)相關聯。若每一顯示之物件皆與各別事件處置程式190相關聯,則事件比較器使用點選測試之結果來判定應啟動哪個事件處置程式190。舉例而言,事件比較器184選擇與觸發點選測試之子事件及物件相關聯之事件處置程式。 In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes definitions of events for respective user interface objects. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a click test to determine which user interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view showing three user interface objects on the touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on the touch-sensitive display 112, the event comparator 184 performs a click test to determine three uses. Which of the interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed item is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the click test to determine which event handler 190 should be launched. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and object that triggered the click test.
在一些實施例中,各別事件(187)之定義亦包括延遲事件資訊之遞送,直至已判定子事件序列確實對應於或不對應於事件辨識器之事件類型為止之延遲動作。 In some embodiments, the definition of the respective event (187) also includes the delivery of the delayed event information until the delayed action has been determined that the sequence of sub-events does correspond to or does not correspond to the event type of the event recognizer.
當各別事件辨識器180判定該系列子事件與事件定義186中之事件中的任一者不匹配時,該各別事件辨識器180鍵入事件不可能、事件失敗或事件結束之狀態,在此之後,其忽視基於觸摸之示意動作的 後續子事件。在此情況下,對於點選視圖而言仍然在作用中之其他事件辨識器(若存在)繼續追蹤及處理進行中之基於觸摸之示意動作的子事件。 When the individual event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events does not match any of the events in the event definition 186, the individual event recognizer 180 types the state of the event impossible, event failure, or event end, where After that, it ignores the gesture-based action Subsequent sub-events. In this case, other event recognizers (if any) still active in the click view continue to track and process the ongoing sub-events based on the touch-based gesture.
在一些實施例中,各別事件辨識器180包括具有指示事件遞送系統應如何執行對主動參與之事件辨識器之子事件遞送的可組態性質、旗標及/或清單之後設資料183。在一些實施例中,後設資料183包括指示事件辨識器可如何互動,或能夠彼此互動的可組態性質、旗標及/或清單。在一些實施例中,後設資料183包括指示是否將子事件遞送至視圖或程式階層中之不同層級的可組態性質、旗標及/或清單。 In some embodiments, the individual event recognizer 180 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or manifest post-data 183 having instructions indicating how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to the actively participating event recognizer. In some embodiments, the post-data 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or manifests that indicate how the event recognizers can interact, or can interact with each other. In some embodiments, the post material 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or manifests indicating whether sub-events are delivered to different levels in the view or program hierarchy.
在一些實施例中,當辨識出事件之一或多個特定子事件時,各別事件辨識器180啟動與事件相關聯之事件處置程式190。在一些實施例中,各別事件辨識器180將與事件相關聯之事件資訊遞送至事件處置程式190。啟動事件處置程式190不同於將子事件發送(及推遲發送)至各別點選視圖。在一些實施例中,事件辨識器180擲回與辨識出之事件相關聯之旗標,且與該旗標相關聯之事件處置程式190捕獲該旗標且執行預定義處理程序。 In some embodiments, when one or more particular sub-events are identified, the respective event recognizer 180 initiates an event handler 190 associated with the event. In some embodiments, the individual event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to the event handler 190. The launch event handler 190 is different from sending (and deferring) a sub-event to a separate point view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 rolls back a flag associated with the identified event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag captures the flag and executes a predefined handler.
在一些實施例中,事件遞送指令188包括在不啟動事件處置程式之情況下遞送關於子事件之事件資訊的子事件遞送指令。實情為,子事件遞送指令向與子事件系列相關聯之事件處置程式,或向主動參與之視圖遞送事件資訊。與子事件系列或與主動參與之視圖相關聯之事件處置程式接收事件資訊,且執行預定處理程序。 In some embodiments, the event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about sub-events without launching an event handler. The fact is that the sub-event delivery instruction delivers event information to the event handler associated with the sub-event series or to the actively participating view. The event handler associated with the sub-event series or the actively participating view receives event information and executes a predetermined handler.
在一些實施例中,資料更新程式176建立及更新用於應用程式136-1中之資料。舉例而言,資料更新程式176更新用於連絡人模組137中之電話號碼或儲存用於視訊播放器模組中之視訊檔案。在一些實施例中,物件更新程式177建立及更新用於應用程式136-1中之物件。舉例而言,物件更新程式177建立新使用者介面物件或更新使用 者介面物件之位置。GUI更新程式178更新GUI。舉例而言,GUI更新程式178準備顯示資訊,且將顯示資訊發送至圖形模組132以供在觸敏顯示器上顯示。 In some embodiments, the data update program 176 creates and updates the data for use in the application 136-1. For example, the data update program 176 updates the phone number used in the contact module 137 or stores the video file for use in the video player module. In some embodiments, the item update program 177 creates and updates objects for use in the application 136-1. For example, the object update program 177 creates a new user interface object or updates the use. The location of the interface object. The GUI update program 178 updates the GUI. For example, the GUI update program 178 is ready to display information and send the display information to the graphics module 132 for display on the touch-sensitive display.
在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190包括或能夠存取資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177及GUI更新程式178。在一些實施例中,資料更新程式176、物件更新程式177及GUI更新程式178包括於各別應用程式136-1或應用程式視圖191之單一模組中。在其他實施例中,該等更新程式包括於兩個或兩個以上軟體模組中。 In some embodiments, the event handler 190 includes or has access to a data update program 176, an object update program 177, and a GUI update program 178. In some embodiments, the data update program 176, the object update program 177, and the GUI update program 178 are included in a single module of the respective application 136-1 or the application view 191. In other embodiments, the update programs are included in two or more software modules.
應理解,關於觸敏顯示器上之使用者觸摸之事件處置的上述論述亦適用於藉由輸入器件操作多功能器件100之其他形式的使用者輸入,並非所有使用者輸入皆係在觸控式螢幕上起始的。舉例而言,視情況將滑鼠移動及滑鼠按鈕按壓(其視情況與單一或多個鍵盤按壓或保持、接觸移動(諸如觸控板上之輕觸、拖曳、捲動等)、觸控筆輸入、器件之移動、口頭指令、所偵測之眼球移動、生物統計輸入;及/或其任何組合協調)用作對應於定義待辨識之事件的子事件之輸入。 It should be understood that the above discussion regarding the handling of user touch events on a touch sensitive display also applies to other forms of user input that operate the multifunction device 100 by the input device, not all user input being on the touch screen. Starting from the beginning. For example, the mouse movement and the mouse button pressing as appropriate (which may be pressed or held by a single or multiple keyboards, contact movement (such as light touch, drag, scroll, etc. on the touch panel), touch Pen input, device movement, verbal command, detected eye movement, biometric input; and/or any combination thereof are used as input to a sub-event corresponding to the event defining the event to be identified.
圖2說明根據一些實施例之具有觸控式螢幕112之攜帶型多功能器件100。觸控式螢幕視情況在使用者介面(UI)200內顯示一或多個圖形。在此實施例以及以下描述之其他實施例中,使用者能夠藉由(例如)用一或多個手指202(圖式中並未按比例繪製)或一或多個觸控筆203(圖式中並未按比例繪製)在圖形上作出示意動作而選擇圖形中之一或多者。在一些實施例中,當使用者中斷與一或多個圖形之接觸時,發生一或多個圖形之選擇。在一些實施例中,示意動作視情況包括已接觸器件100的手指之一或多個輕觸、一或多個滑移(自左至右、自右至左、向上及/或向下),及/或捲動(自右至左、自左至右、向上及/或向下)。在一些實施或情況下,與圖形之無意接觸並不選擇該圖形。舉例而言,當對應於選擇之示意動作為輕觸時,掠過應用程式圖 示之滑移示意動作視情況並不選擇對應的應用程式。 FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen 112 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen displays one or more graphics within the user interface (UI) 200 as appropriate. In this embodiment and other embodiments described below, the user can use, for example, one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the drawings) or one or more styluses 203 (pattern) It is not drawn to scale) to make a gesture on the graph and select one or more of the graphs. In some embodiments, the selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user interrupts contact with one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the schematic action optionally includes one or more taps, one or more slips (from left to right, from right to left, up and/or down) of the finger that has touched the device 100, as appropriate. And/or scrolling (from right to left, left to right, up and/or down). In some implementations or situations, unintentional contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, when the gesture corresponding to the selection is a tap, the application graph is swept. The slipping action shown does not select the corresponding application as appropriate.
器件100亦可包括一或多個實體按鈕,諸如「首頁」或功能表按鈕204。如先前所描述,功能表按鈕204可用以導覽至可在器件100上執行之應用程式集合中的任一應用程式136。替代地,在一些實施例中,將功能表按鈕實施為顯示於觸控式螢幕112上之GUI中的螢幕按鍵。 Device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as a "home page" or menu button 204. As previously described, menu button 204 can be used to navigate to any of the application programs 136 that can be executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a screen button displayed in a GUI on the touch screen 112.
在一項實施例中,器件100包括觸控式螢幕112、功能表按鈕204、用於為器件通電/斷電及鎖定器件之推按按鈕206、音量調整按鈕208、用戶識別模組(SIM)卡槽210、耳機插口212,以及插接/充電外部埠124。推按按鈕206視情況地用於藉由按壓該按鈕及保持該按鈕處於按壓狀態達預定義時間間隔來開啟/關閉器件的電源;用於藉由按壓該按鈕及在經過該預定義時間間隔之前釋放該按鈕來鎖定器件;及/或用於解鎖該器件或起始解鎖處理程序。在替代性實施例中,器件100亦接受用於經由麥克風113而啟動或去啟動一些功能的口頭輸入。裝置100亦視情況包括用於偵測觸控式螢幕112上之接觸的強度之一或多個接觸強度感測器165,及/或用於為器件100之使用者產生觸覺輸出的一或多個觸覺輸出產生器167。 In one embodiment, the device 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204, a push button 206 for powering on/off the device and locking the device, a volume adjustment button 208, and a subscriber identity module (SIM). The card slot 210, the earphone jack 212, and the plug/charge external port 124. Push button 206 is optionally used to turn the power of the device on/off by pressing the button and holding the button in a pressed state for a predetermined time interval; for pressing the button and before passing the predefined time interval Release the button to lock the device; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock handler. In an alternative embodiment, device 100 also accepts a verbal input for activating or deactivating some functions via microphone 113. The device 100 also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting the intensity of the contact on the touch screen 112, and/or one or more for generating a tactile output for the user of the device 100, as appropriate. Tactile output generators 167.
圖3為根據一些實施例之具有顯示器及觸敏式表面之例示性多功能器件的方塊圖。器件300不必為攜帶型器件。在一些實施例中,器件300為膝上型電腦、桌上型電腦、平板電腦、多媒體播放器器件、導航器件、教育器件(諸如,兒童之學習玩具)、遊戲系統,或控制器件(例如,家用或工業控制器)。器件300通常包括一或多個處理單元(CPU)310、一或多個網路或其他通信介面360、記憶體370,及用於互連此等組件之一或多個通信匯流排320。通信匯流排320視情況包括互連及控制系統組件之間的通信之電路(有時被稱為晶片組)。器件300包括輸入/輸出(I/O)介面330,其包含通常為觸控式螢幕顯示器之 顯示器340。I/O介面330亦視情況包括鍵盤及/或滑鼠(或其他指標器件)350及觸控板355、用於在器件300上產生觸覺輸出之觸覺輸出產生器357(例如,類似於上文參考圖1A所描述之觸覺輸出產生器167)、感測器359(例如,類似於上文參考圖1A所描述之接觸強度感測器165的光學、加速度、近接、觸敏式及/或接觸強度感測器)。記憶體370包括高速隨機存取記憶體,諸如DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或其他隨機存取固態記憶體器件;且視情況包括非揮發性記憶體,諸如一或多個磁碟儲存器件、光碟儲存器件、快閃記憶體器件,或其他非揮發性固態儲存器件。記憶體370視情況包括遠離CPU 310定位之一或多個儲存器件。在一些實施例中,記憶體370儲存類似於攜帶型多功能器件100(圖1A)之記憶體102中所儲存的程式、模組及資料結構之程式、模組及資料結構,或其子集。此外,記憶體370視情況儲存攜帶型多功能器件100之記憶體102中並不存在的額外程式、模組及資料結構。舉例而言,器件300之記憶體370視情況儲存繪圖模組380、呈現模組382、文書處理模組384、網站建立模組386、碟片製作模組388,及/或試算表模組390,而攜帶型多功能器件100(圖1A)之記憶體102視情況並不儲存此等模組。 3 is a block diagram of an illustrative multi-function device having a display and a touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be a portable device. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop, desktop, tablet, multimedia player device, navigation device, educational device (such as a children's learning toy), gaming system, or control device (eg, Home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 310, one or more network or other communication interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication busses 320 for interconnecting such components. Communication bus 320 includes, as appropriate, circuitry for interconnecting and controlling communications between system components (sometimes referred to as a chipset). Device 300 includes an input/output (I/O) interface 330 that typically includes a touch screen display Display 340. The I/O interface 330 also includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other indicator device) 350 and a trackpad 355, as well as a haptic output generator 357 for generating a tactile output on the device 300 (eg, similar to the above). The haptic output generator 167) described with reference to FIG. 1A, the sensor 359 (eg, optical, acceleration, proximity, touch sensitive, and/or contact similar to the contact intensity sensor 165 described above with respect to FIG. 1A) Strength sensor). Memory 370 includes high speed random access memory such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally non-volatile memory, such as one or more disk storage devices, optical disk storage Devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices located remotely from CPU 310. In some embodiments, the memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures, or subsets thereof, of programs, modules, and data structures stored in the memory 102 of the portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A). . In addition, the memory 370 stores additional programs, modules, and data structures that are not present in the memory 102 of the portable multifunction device 100 as appropriate. For example, the memory 370 of the device 300 stores the graphics module 380, the presentation module 382, the document processing module 384, the website creation module 386, the disc production module 388, and/or the spreadsheet module 390 as appropriate. The memory 102 of the portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A) does not store such modules as appropriate.
圖3中之上文識別之元件中之每一者可儲存於先前提及之記憶體器件之一或多者中。以上識別之模組中之每一者對應於用於執行上述功能之指令集合。上文所識別之模組或程式(例如,指令集合)無需實施為單獨之軟體程式、程序或模組,且因此在各種實施例中,組合或以其他方式重新配置此等模組之各種子集。在一些實施例中,記憶體370可儲存上文識別之模組及資料結構之子集。此外,記憶體370可儲存上文未描述之額外模組及資料結構。 Each of the above identified components in Figure 3 can be stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing the functions described above. The modules or programs (eg, sets of instructions) identified above need not be implemented as separate software programs, programs, or modules, and thus, in various embodiments, various components of such modules are combined or otherwise reconfigured. set. In some embodiments, memory 370 can store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. In addition, the memory 370 can store additional modules and data structures not described above.
現在將注意引向可實施於(例如)攜帶型多功能器件100上之使用者介面的實施例。 Attention will now be directed to embodiments that can be implemented, for example, on a user interface on a portable multifunction device 100.
圖4A說明根據一些實施例之攜帶型多功能器件100上的應用程式之功能表之例示性使用者介面。類似使用者介面可實施於器件300上。在一些實施例中,使用者介面400包括以下元件或其子集或超集:●用於無線通信之信號強度指示符402,諸如蜂巢式及Wi-Fi信號;●時間404;●藍芽指示符405;●電池狀態指示符406;●具有用於諸如以下各者之頻繁使用之應用程式的圖示的系統匣(tray)408:○用於電話模組138之圖示416,標記為「電話」,其視情況包括未接來電或語音郵件訊息之數目的指示符414;○用於電子郵件用戶端模組140之圖示418,標記為「郵件」,其視情況包括未讀電子郵件之數目的指示符410;○用於瀏覽器模組147之圖示420,標記為「瀏覽器」;及○用於視訊及音樂播放器模組152(其亦被稱作iPod(Apple公司之商標)模組152)之圖示422,標記為「iPod」;及●用於其他應用程式之圖示,諸如:○用於IM模組141之圖示424,標記為「訊息」;○用於行事曆模組148之圖示426,標記為「行事曆」;○用於影像管理模組144之圖示428,標記為「相片」;○用於攝影機模組143之圖示430,標記為「攝影機」;○用於連線視訊模組155之圖示432,標記為「連線視訊」;○用於股票介面工具集149-2之圖示434,標記為「股票」;○用於地圖模組154之圖示436,標記為「地圖」; ○用於天氣介面工具集149-1之圖示438,標記為「天氣」;○用於鬧鐘介面工具集149-4之圖示440,標記為「鬧鐘」;○用於健身支援模組142之圖示442,標記為「健身支援」;○用於備忘錄模組153之圖示444,標記為「備忘錄」;及○用於設定應用程式或模組之圖示446,標記為「設定」,其提供對用於器件100及其各種應用程式136之設定的存取。 4A illustrates an exemplary user interface of a function table of an application on portable multifunction device 100, in accordance with some embodiments. A similar user interface can be implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 400 includes the following elements or subsets or supersets thereof: • Signal strength indicator 402 for wireless communication, such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; • Time 404; • Bluetooth indication 405; • battery status indicator 406; • system 340 with an illustration of an application for frequent use, such as: ○: icon 416 for telephone module 138, labeled " "Phone", which optionally includes an indicator 414 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; ○ an icon 418 for the email client module 140, labeled "Mail", which optionally includes unread emails An indicator 410 of the number; ○ icon 420 for the browser module 147, labeled "Browser"; and ○ for the video and music player module 152 (also known as the iPod (Apple) Graphic 422 of the logo) module 152, labeled "iPod"; and ● icon for other applications, such as: ○ icon 424 for the IM module 141, labeled "message"; The icon 426 of the calendar module 148 is labeled "Calendar"; ○ The icon 428 of the image management module 144 is labeled as "photograph"; the icon 430 for the camera module 143 is labeled "camera"; ○ is used for the graphic 432 of the connected video module 155, labeled "Connected Video"; ○ Graphic 434 for Stock Interface Tool Set 149-2, labeled "Stock"; ○ Graphic 436 for Map Module 154, labeled "Map"; ○ icon 438 for weather interface tool set 149-1, labeled "weather"; ○ icon 440 for alarm clock interface tool set 149-4, labeled "alarm clock"; ○ for fitness support module 142 Figure 442, labeled "Fitness Support"; ○ icon 444 for memo module 153, labeled "Memorandum"; and ○ icon 446 for setting an application or module, labeled "Settings" It provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136.
應注意,圖4A中所說明之圖示標記僅為例示性的。舉例而言,用於視訊及音樂播放器模組152之圖示422可視情況標記為「音樂」或「音樂播放器」。其他標記視情況用於各種應用程式圖示。在一些實施例中,用於各別應用程式圖示之標記包括對應於該各別應用程式圖示的應用程式之名稱。在一些實施例中,用於特定應用程式圖示之標記不同於對應於該特定應用程式圖示的應用程式之名稱。 It should be noted that the pictorial representations illustrated in Figure 4A are merely illustrative. For example, the icon 422 for the video and music player module 152 can be labeled as "Music" or "Music Player" as appropriate. Other tags are used as appropriate for various application icons. In some embodiments, the indicia for the respective application icons includes the names of the applications corresponding to the respective application icons. In some embodiments, the indicia for a particular application icon is different from the name of the application corresponding to that particular application icon.
圖4B說明在具有與顯示器450(例如,觸控式螢幕顯示器112)分離的觸敏式表面451(例如,圖3的平板或觸控板355)的器件(例如,圖3的器件300)上之例示性使用者介面。器件300亦視情況包括用於偵測觸敏式表面451上之接觸強度之一或多個接觸強度感測器(例如,感測器357中之一或多者),及/或用於為器件300之使用者產生觸覺輸出的一或多個觸覺輸出產生器359。 4B illustrates a device (eg, device 300 of FIG. 3) having a touch-sensitive surface 451 (eg, the tablet or trackpad 355 of FIG. 3) that is separate from display 450 (eg, touch screen display 112). An exemplary user interface. Device 300 also includes one or more contact intensity sensors (eg, one or more of sensors 357) for detecting contact intensity on touch-sensitive surface 451, and/or for One or more haptic output generators 359 that generate a tactile output by a user of device 300.
儘管將參考觸控式螢幕顯示器112上之輸入給出以下一些實例(其中組合觸敏式表面及顯示器),但在一些實施例中,器件偵測與顯示器分離之觸敏式表面上的輸入,如圖4B中所展示。在一些實施例中,觸敏式表面(例如,圖4B中的觸敏式表面451)具有主軸線(例如,圖4B中的主軸線452),該主軸線對應於顯示器(例如,顯示器450)上的主軸線(例如,圖4B中的主軸線453)。根據此等實施例,器件在對應於顯示器上之各別位置之位置處偵測與觸敏式表面451的接觸(例如,圖4B中之接觸460及接觸462)(例如,在圖4B中,接觸460對應於 接觸468且接觸462對應於接觸470)。以此方式,當觸敏式表面(例如,圖4B中之觸敏式表面451)與顯示器(例如,圖4B中之顯示器450)分離時,該觸敏式表面上之藉由器件偵測到的使用者輸入(例如,接觸460及462,以及其移動)藉由該器件使用以操縱多功能器件之該顯示器上的使用者介面。應理解,類似方法視情況用於本文中所描述之其他使用者介面。 Although the following examples (in which the touch-sensitive surface and display are combined) will be given with reference to the inputs on the touch screen display 112, in some embodiments, the device detects input on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, As shown in Figure 4B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) has a major axis (eg, main axis 452 in FIG. 4B) that corresponds to a display (eg, display 450) The upper main axis (for example, the main axis 453 in Figure 4B). In accordance with such embodiments, the device detects contact with the touch-sensitive surface 451 at locations corresponding to respective locations on the display (eg, contact 460 and contact 462 in FIG. 4B) (eg, in FIG. 4B, Contact 460 corresponds to Contact 468 and contact 462 correspond to contact 470). In this manner, when the touch-sensitive surface (eg, touch-sensitive surface 451 in FIG. 4B) is separated from the display (eg, display 450 in FIG. 4B), the touch-sensitive surface is detected by the device. User inputs (eg, contacts 460 and 462, and their movement) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display of the multifunction device. It should be understood that similar methods are used as appropriate for other user interfaces described herein.
另外,雖然主要參考手指輸入(例如,手指接觸、手指輕觸示意動作、手指滑移示意動作)給出以下實例,但應理解,在一些實施例中,用來自另一輸入器件之輸入(例如,基於滑鼠之輸入或觸控筆輸入)替換手指輸入中之一或多者。舉例而言,視情況用滑鼠點選(例如,代替接觸),繼之以游標沿滑移之路徑的移動(例如,代替接觸之移動)而替換滑移示意動作。作為另一實例,在游標位於輕觸示意動作之位置上方時,視情況用滑鼠點選(例如,代替偵測到接觸,繼之以停止偵測該接觸)替換輕觸示意動作。類似地,當同時偵測到多個使用者輸入時,應理解,視情況同時使用多個電腦滑鼠,或視情況同時使用滑鼠及手指接觸。 Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger input (eg, finger contact, finger tap gesture, finger slip gesture), it should be understood that in some embodiments, input from another input device is used (eg, Replace one or more of the finger inputs based on mouse input or stylus input. For example, the mouse is selected (eg, instead of contact) as appropriate, followed by the movement of the cursor along the path of the slip (eg, instead of the movement of the contact) to replace the slip gesture. As another example, when the cursor is positioned above the tap gesture, the mouse is selected as appropriate (eg, instead of detecting the contact, followed by stopping detecting the contact) to replace the tap gesture. Similarly, when multiple user inputs are detected at the same time, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are used at the same time, or both mouse and finger contacts are used as appropriate.
圖5A說明例示性個人電子器件500。器件500包括主體502。在一些實施例中,器件500可包括關於器件100及300(例如,圖1A至圖4B)描述之一些或全部特徵。在一些實施例中,器件500具有觸敏式顯示器螢幕504(下文稱為觸控式螢幕504)。替代地,或除了觸控式螢幕504之外,器件500具有顯示器及觸敏式表面。如同器件100及300,在一些實施例中,觸控式螢幕504(或觸敏式表面)可具有用於偵測所施加之接觸(例如,觸摸)之強度的一或多個強度感測器。觸控式螢幕504(或觸敏式表面)之一或多個強度感測器可提供表示觸摸強度之輸出資料。器件500之使用者介面可基於觸摸之強度對觸摸作出回應,意謂不同強度之觸摸可調用器件500上之不同的使用者介面操作。 FIG. 5A illustrates an exemplary personal electronic device 500. Device 500 includes a body 502. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 100 and 300 (eg, FIGS. 1A-4B). In some embodiments, device 500 has a touch-sensitive display screen 504 (hereinafter referred to as touch screen 504). Alternatively, or in addition to the touch screen 504, the device 500 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 100 and 300, in some embodiments, touch screen 504 (or touch sensitive surface) can have one or more intensity sensors for detecting the strength of an applied contact (eg, touch) . One or more intensity sensors of the touch screen 504 (or touch sensitive surface) can provide output data indicative of touch intensity. The user interface of device 500 can respond to the touch based on the intensity of the touch, meaning that different strength touches can invoke different user interface operations on device 500.
可例如在以下相關申請案中找到用於偵測及處理觸摸強度之技術:2013年5月8日申請之題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/040061號,及2013年11月11日申請之題為「Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships」之國際專利申請案第PCT/US2013/069483號,該等申請案中之每一者在此以全文引用之方式併入。 A technique for detecting and processing touch intensity can be found, for example, in the following related application: "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application", which was filed on May 8, 2013. International Patent Application No. PCT/US2013/040061, and International Patent Application No. PCT/ entitled "Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships", filed on November 11, 2013 US 2013/069483, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
在一些實施例中,器件500具有一或多個輸入機構506及508。輸入機構506及508(若包括)可為實體的。實體輸入機構之實例包括推按按鈕及可旋轉機構。在一些實施例中,器件500具有一或多個附接機構。該等附接機構(若包括)可准許器件500與(例如)帽子、眼鏡、耳飾、項鏈、襯衫、外套、手鐲、錶帶、鏈子、褲子、皮帶、鞋、錢包、背包等附接。此等附接機構可准許器件500由使用者佩戴。 In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more input mechanisms 506 and 508. Input mechanisms 506 and 508 (if included) may be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 500 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, may permit device 500 to be attached to, for example, a hat, eyeglasses, earrings, necklace, shirt, jacket, bracelet, strap, chain, pants, belt, shoe, wallet, backpack, and the like. Such attachment mechanisms may permit device 500 to be worn by a user.
圖5B描繪例示性個人電子器件500。在一些實施例中,器件500可包括關於圖1A、圖1B及圖3描述之一些或全部組件。器件500具有將I/O區段514與一或多個電腦處理器516及記憶體518以操作方式耦接之匯流排512。I/O區段514可連接至顯示器504,該顯示器可具有觸敏式組件522且視情況具有觸摸強度敏感組件524。另外,I/O區段514可與用於使用Wi-Fi、藍芽、近場通信(NFC)、蜂巢式及/或其他無線通信技術接收應用程式及作業系統資料之通信單元530連接。器件500可包括輸入機構506及/或508。例如,輸入機構506可為可旋轉的輸入器件或可凹陷及可旋轉的輸入器件。在一些實例中,輸入機構508可為按鈕。 FIG. 5B depicts an exemplary personal electronic device 500. In some embodiments, device 500 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 1A, 1B, and 3. Device 500 has a busbar 512 that operatively couples I/O section 514 to one or more computer processors 516 and memory 518. I/O section 514 can be coupled to display 504, which can have touch sensitive component 522 and optionally touch intensity sensitive component 524. Additionally, I/O section 514 can be coupled to communication unit 530 for receiving application and operating system data using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Near Field Communication (NFC), cellular and/or other wireless communication technologies. Device 500 can include input mechanisms 506 and/or 508. For example, input mechanism 506 can be a rotatable input device or a recessed and rotatable input device. In some examples, input mechanism 508 can be a button.
在一些實例中,輸入機構508可為麥克風。個人電子器件500可包括各種感測器,諸如GPS感測器532、加速度計534、方向感測器 540(例如,羅盤)、陀螺儀536、運動感測器538,及/或其組合,以上全部可以操作方式連接至I/O區段514。 In some examples, input mechanism 508 can be a microphone. Personal electronic device 500 can include various sensors, such as GPS sensor 532, accelerometer 534, directional sensor 540 (eg, a compass), a gyroscope 536, a motion sensor 538, and/or combinations thereof, all of which are operatively coupled to the I/O section 514.
個人電子器件500之記憶體518可為用於儲存電腦可執行指令之非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,當藉由一或多個電腦處理器516執行時,該等指令(例如)可使電腦處理器執行上文所描述之技術,包括處理程序2200至2600(圖22至圖26)。電腦可執行指令亦可儲存及/或輸送於任何非暫時性腦可讀儲存媒體內以供或結合指令執行系統、裝置或器件(諸如基於電腦之系統、含有處理器之系統或可自指令執行系統、裝置或器件提取指令且執行指令之其他系統)使用。出於此文件之目的,「非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體」可為可有形地含有或儲存電腦可執行指令以供或結合指令執行系統、裝置或器件使用的任何媒體。非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體可包括但不限於磁性、光學及/或半導體儲存器。此儲存器之實例包括磁碟、基於CD、DVD或藍光技術之光碟以及持久性固態記憶體,諸如快閃記憶體、固態碟機及類似者。個人電子器件500不限於圖5B之組件及組態,而是可包括多個組態中之其他或額外組件。 The memory 518 of the personal electronic device 500 can be a non-transitory computer readable storage medium for storing computer executable instructions that, when executed by one or more computer processors 516, for example, can cause the computer The processor performs the techniques described above, including processing programs 2200 through 2600 (Figs. 22-26). The computer executable instructions can also be stored and/or transferred to any non-transitory, readable storage medium for use with or in connection with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device (such as a computer-based system, a processor-containing system, or a self-executable The system, device, or device is used by other systems that extract instructions and execute instructions. For the purposes of this document, a "non-transitory computer readable storage medium" can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use with or in connection with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. Non-transitory computer readable storage media may include, but are not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storage. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, CD-ROM based on CD, DVD or Blu-ray technology, and persistent solid state memories such as flash memory, solid state disk drives and the like. Personal electronic device 500 is not limited to the components and configurations of Figure 5B, but may include other or additional components of multiple configurations.
如此處所使用,術語「可視線索」係指可在器件100、300及/或500(圖1、圖3及圖5)之顯示螢幕上顯示之使用者互動的圖形使用者介面物件。舉例而言,影像(例如圖示)、按鈕及文字(例如超連結)可各自構成可視線索。 As used herein, the term "visual cues" refers to a graphical user interface object that can be displayed by a user on a display screen of devices 100, 300, and/or 500 (Figs. 1, 3, and 5). For example, images (eg, icons), buttons, and text (eg, hyperlinks) may each constitute a visual cue.
如本文所使用,術語「焦點選擇器」係指指示使用者正進行互動的使用者介面之當前部分的輸入元件。在包括游標或其他位置標記之一些實施中,游標充當「焦點選擇器」,以使得當在觸敏式表面(例如,圖3中之觸控板355或圖4B中之觸敏式表面451)上偵測到輸入(例如,按壓輸入)而游標在特定的使用者介面元件(例如,按鈕、視窗、滑件或其他使用者介面元件)上方時,根據所偵測之輸入調整特定的 使用者介面元件。在包括使得能夠與觸控式螢幕顯示器上之使用者介面元件直接互動的觸控式螢幕顯示器(例如,圖1A中之觸敏式顯示器系統112或圖4A中之觸控式螢幕112)之一些實施中,觸控式螢幕上偵測到之接觸充當「焦點選擇器」,以使得當在觸控式螢幕顯示器上於特定的使用者介面元件(例如,按鈕、視窗、滑件或其他使用者介面元件)之位置處偵測到輸入(例如,藉由接觸之按壓輸入)時,根據所偵測之輸入調整特定的使用者介面元件。在一些實施中,在觸控式螢幕顯示器上無對應的游標之移動或接觸之移動(例如,藉由使用跳格鍵或方向鍵將焦點自一個按鈕移動至另一個按鈕)的情況下,將焦點自使用者介面之一個區域移動至使用者介面之另一個區域;在此等實施中,焦點選擇器根據焦點在使用者介面之不同區域之間的移動而移動。不考慮焦點選擇器所採用之特定形式,焦點選擇器大體上為使用者介面元件(或觸控式螢幕顯示器上之接觸),該使用者介面元件由使用者控制以便傳達使用者所意欲的與使用者介面之互動(例如,藉由向器件指示使用者正意欲進行互動之使用者介面之元件)。舉例而言,當在觸敏式表面(例如,觸控板或觸控式螢幕)上偵測到按壓輸入時,焦點選擇器(例如,游標、接觸或選擇框)在各別按鈕上方之位置將指示,使用者正意欲啟動各別按鈕(與器件之顯示器上所示之其他使用者介面元件相反)。 As used herein, the term "focus selector" refers to an input element that indicates the current portion of the user interface that the user is interacting with. In some implementations including cursors or other position markers, the cursor acts as a "focus selector" such that when on a touch-sensitive surface (eg, touchpad 355 in Figure 3 or touch-sensitive surface 451 in Figure 4B) When an input is detected (eg, a press input) and the cursor is over a particular user interface component (eg, button, window, slider, or other user interface component), the particular is adjusted based on the detected input User interface component. Some of the touch screen displays (eg, touch sensitive display system 112 of FIG. 1A or touch screen 112 of FIG. 4A) that enable direct interaction with user interface components on a touch screen display In practice, the touch detected on the touch screen acts as a "focus selector" to enable specific user interface components (eg, buttons, windows, sliders, or other users) on the touch screen display. When an input is detected at the location of the interface component (eg, by a press input of a contact), a particular user interface component is adjusted based on the detected input. In some implementations, where there is no corresponding cursor movement or contact movement on the touch screen display (eg, by using a tab or arrow keys to move the focus from one button to another), The focus moves from one area of the user interface to another area of the user interface; in such implementations, the focus selector moves according to the movement of the focus between different areas of the user interface. Regardless of the particular form in which the focus selector is employed, the focus selector is generally a user interface component (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user to convey what the user desires. User interface interaction (eg, by indicating to the device the components of the user interface that the user is intended to interact with). For example, when a press input is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (eg, a touchpad or a touchscreen), the focus selector (eg, cursor, contact, or selection box) is positioned above the respective button. It will be indicated that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on the display of the device).
如說明書及申請專利範圍中所使用,術語接觸之「特性強度」係指基於接觸之一或多個強度之接觸的特徵。在一些實施例中,特性強度基於多個強度樣本。特性強度視情況地基於強度樣本之預定義數目,或在相對於預定義事件(例如,在偵測到接觸之後,在偵測到接觸之起離之前、在偵測到接觸之移動開始之前或之後、在偵測到接觸結束之前、在偵測到接觸之強度增加之前或之後,及/或在偵測到接觸之強度減少之前或之後)的預定時間段(例如,0.05秒、0.1秒、0.2 秒、0.5秒、1秒、2秒、5秒、10秒)期間收集之強度樣本集合。接觸之特性強度視情況基於以下中之一或多者:接觸之強度的最大值、接觸之強度的均值(mean value)、接觸之強度的平均值、接觸之強度的前10百分位數值、接觸之強度的最大值之一半處的值、接觸之強度的最大值之90%處的值,或類似者。在一些實施例中,接觸之持續時間用於判定特性強度(例如,當特性強度為接觸之強度隨著時間的平均數時)。在一些實施例中,將特性強度與一或多個強度臨限值之集合進行比較以判定使用者是否已執行操作。舉例而言,一或多個強度臨限值之集合可包括第一強度臨限值及第二強度臨臨限值。在此實例中,具有不超過第一臨限值之特性強度的接觸導致第一操作,具有超過第一強度臨限值且不超過第二強度臨限值之特性強度的接觸導致第二操作,且具有超過第二臨限值之特性強度的接觸導致第三操作。在一些實施例中,特性強度與一或多個臨限值之間的比較用於判定是否執行一或多個操作(例如,是執行各別操作還是放棄執行該各別操作),而不是用於判定是執行第一操作還是第二操作。 As used in the specification and claims, the term "characteristic strength" of a contact refers to a feature based on contact of one or more intensities of contact. In some embodiments, the intensity of the characteristic is based on a plurality of intensity samples. The characteristic strength is optionally based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or relative to a predefined event (eg, after detecting contact, before detecting the start of contact, before detecting the start of contact movement or Thereafter, a predetermined period of time (eg, 0.05 seconds, 0.1 seconds, before or after the end of the contact is detected, before or after the intensity of the contact is detected to increase, and/or before or after the intensity of the contact is detected to decrease) 0.2 A collection of intensity samples collected during seconds, 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds, 5 seconds, 10 seconds). The characteristic strength of the contact is based on one or more of the following: the maximum value of the strength of the contact, the mean value of the strength of the contact, the average of the strength of the contact, the first 10th percentile of the strength of the contact, The value at one-half of the maximum value of the strength of the contact, the value at 90% of the maximum value of the strength of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used to determine the intensity of the characteristic (eg, when the intensity of the characteristic is the average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic strength is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine if the user has performed an operation. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds can include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact having a characteristic strength that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, and a contact having a characteristic strength that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, And having a characteristic strength exceeding the second threshold value results in a third operation. In some embodiments, the comparison between the characteristic strength and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether to perform one or more operations (eg, whether to perform a separate operation or to abandon the individual operation) instead of using It is determined whether the first operation or the second operation is performed.
在一些實施例中,識別示意動作之一部分以用於判定特性強度之目的。舉例而言,觸敏式表面可接收自起點位置轉變且到達末端位置之連續滑移接觸,此時,接觸強度增加。在此實例中,在末端位置處之接觸的特性強度可僅基於連續滑移接觸之一部分而不是整個滑移接觸(例如,僅末端位置處之滑移接觸之部分)。在一些實施例中,在判定接觸之特性強度之前,可將平滑演算法應用於滑移接觸之強度。舉例而言,平滑演算法視情況包括以下中之一或多者:未加權之滑動平均數平滑演算法、三角形平滑演算法、中值濾波器平滑演算法,及/或指數平滑演算法。在一些情況下,此等平滑演算法消除滑移接觸之強度中之狹窄尖峰或突降以用於判定特性強度之目的。 In some embodiments, a portion of the gesture is identified for purposes of determining the strength of the characteristic. For example, the touch-sensitive surface can receive a continuous slip contact that transitions from the starting position and reaches the end position, at which point the contact strength increases. In this example, the characteristic strength of the contact at the end position may be based only on one portion of the continuous slip contact rather than the entire slip contact (eg, only the portion of the slip contact at the end position). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm can be applied to the intensity of the slip contact prior to determining the characteristic strength of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm may include one or more of the following: an unweighted moving average smoothing algorithm, a triangle smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some cases, such smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or sudden drops in the intensity of the slip contact for the purpose of determining the intensity of the characteristic.
觸敏式表面上之接觸的強度可相對於一或多個強度臨限值進行 表徵,該等強度臨限值諸如接觸偵測強度臨限值、淺按壓強度臨限值、深按壓強度臨限值及/或一或多個其他強度臨限值。在一些實施例中,淺按壓強度臨限值對應於器件將執行通常與點選實體滑鼠或軌跡墊之按鈕相關聯的操作的強度。在一些實施例中,深按壓強度臨限值對應於器件將執行操作的強度,該等操作不同於通常與點選實體滑鼠或軌跡墊之按鈕相關聯的操作。在一些實施例中,當偵測到接觸具有低於淺按壓強度臨限值(例如,且高於標稱接觸偵測強度臨限值,低於該標稱接觸偵測強度臨限值,不再偵測到接觸)的特性強度時,該器件將根據觸敏式表面上之接觸之移動來移動焦點選擇器而不執行與淺按壓強度臨限值或深按壓強度臨限值相關聯之操作。大體而言,除非另有說明,否則該等強度臨限值在使用者介面圖式之不同集合之間是係一致的。 The strength of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface can be made relative to one or more intensity thresholds Characterizing such intensity thresholds such as contact detection intensity threshold, shallow compression intensity threshold, deep compression intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the shallow press intensity threshold corresponds to the strength of the device that will perform the operations typically associated with clicking a physical mouse or track pad button. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to the strength at which the device will perform an operation that is different from the operations typically associated with clicking a button on a physical mouse or track pad. In some embodiments, when the detected contact has a threshold below the shallow press intensity (eg, and above the nominal contact detection intensity threshold, below the nominal contact detection intensity threshold, When the characteristic intensity of the contact is detected again, the device will move the focus selector according to the movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing the operation associated with the shallow press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. . In general, unless otherwise stated, the intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface patterns.
接觸之特性強度自低於淺按壓強度臨限值的強度增加至淺按壓強度臨限值與深按壓強度臨限值之間的強度有時被稱作「淺按壓」輸入。接觸之特性強度自低於深按壓強度臨限值的強度增加至高於深按壓強度臨限值的強度有時被稱作「深按壓」輸入。接觸之特性強度自低於接觸偵測強度臨限值的強度增加至接觸偵測強度臨限值與淺按壓強度臨限值之間的強度有時被稱作偵測到觸控式表面上之接觸。接觸之特性強度自高於接觸偵測強度臨限值的強度降低至低於接觸偵測強度臨限值的強度有時被稱作偵測到接觸自觸控式表面之起離。在一些實施例中,接觸偵測強度臨限值為零。在一些實施例中,接觸偵測強度臨限值大於零。 The strength of the contact characteristic strength from the intensity below the shallow press strength threshold to the intensity between the shallow press intensity threshold and the deep press strength threshold is sometimes referred to as the "shallow press" input. The strength of the contact characteristic increases from an intensity below the deep press strength threshold to a strength above the deep press strength threshold, sometimes referred to as a "deep press" input. The intensity of the characteristic of the contact from the intensity below the threshold of the detection intensity to the intensity between the threshold of the contact detection intensity and the threshold of the shallow compression intensity is sometimes referred to as detecting the touch surface. contact. The strength of the contact characteristic decreases from the intensity above the threshold of the detection intensity to the intensity below the threshold of the detection intensity. This is sometimes referred to as the detection of contact from the touch surface. In some embodiments, the contact detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
在本文所述之一些實施例中,回應於偵測到包括各別按壓輸入之示意動作或回應於偵測到利用各別接觸(或複數個接觸)執行之各別按壓輸入來執行一或多個操作,其中至少部分地基於偵測到接觸(複數個接觸)之強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值來偵測各別按壓輸 入。在一些實施例中,回應於偵測到各別接觸之強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值來執行各別操作(例如,各別按壓輸入之「向下劃動(stroke)」)。在一些實施例中,按壓輸入包括各別接觸之強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值及接觸之強度隨後降低到低於按壓輸入強度臨限值,且回應於偵測到各別接觸之強度隨後降低到低於按壓輸入臨限值來執行各別操作(例如,各別按壓輸入之「向上劃動」)。 In some embodiments described herein, one or more are performed in response to detecting a gesture comprising a respective press input or in response to detecting a respective press input performed using a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts) An operation, wherein the respective presses are detected based at least in part on the detected intensity of the contact (the plurality of contacts) being increased above the press input intensity threshold In. In some embodiments, the respective operations are performed in response to detecting that the intensity of the respective contacts increases above the press input intensity threshold (eg, "stroke" of the respective press inputs). In some embodiments, the pressing input includes increasing the intensity of the respective contact to be higher than the pressing input intensity threshold and the intensity of the contact subsequently decreasing below the pressing input intensity threshold, and in response to detecting the respective contact The intensity is then lowered below the press input threshold to perform separate operations (eg, "swipe up" for each press input).
在一些實施例中,器件採用強度滯後以避免有時稱為「抖動」之意外輸入,其中器件定義或選擇與按壓輸入強度臨限值具有預定義關係的滯後強度臨限值(例如,滯後強度臨限值比按壓輸入強度臨限值低X個強度單位,或滯後強度臨限值為按壓輸入強度臨限值的75%、90%或某一合理的比例)。因此,在一些實施例中,按壓輸入包括各別接觸的強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值及接觸之強度隨後降低到低於對應於按壓輸入強度臨限值之滯後強度臨限值,且回應於偵測到各別接觸的強度隨後降低到低於滯後強度臨限值而執行各別操作(例如,各別按壓輸入之「向上劃動」)。類似地,在一些實施例中,僅在器件偵測到接觸之強度自處於或低於滯後強度臨限值之強度增加至處於或高於按壓輸入強度臨限值的強度及視情況接觸之強度隨後降低至處於或低於滯後強度的強度時偵測到按壓輸入,且回應於偵測到按壓輸入(例如視情況而定,接觸之強度的增加或接觸之強度的降低)而執行各別操作。 In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs, sometimes referred to as "jitter," where the device defines or selects a hysteresis strength threshold (eg, hysteresis strength) that has a predefined relationship to the press input intensity threshold. The threshold is lower than the press input threshold by X intensity units, or the hysteresis strength threshold is 75%, 90% of the press input intensity threshold or a reasonable ratio). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes increasing the intensity of the respective contact to be above the press input intensity threshold and the intensity of the contact subsequently decreasing below a hysteresis strength threshold corresponding to the press input intensity threshold, And performing separate operations in response to detecting that the intensity of the respective contacts is subsequently lowered below the hysteresis strength threshold (eg, "swipe up" for each press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, only the intensity at which the device detects contact increases from an intensity at or below the hysteresis strength threshold to an intensity at or above the compression input intensity threshold and the intensity of the contact. A press input is then detected when the intensity is lowered to or below the hysteresis strength, and a separate operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (eg, an increase in the strength of the contact or a decrease in the strength of the contact, as the case may be) .
為了易於解釋,回應於與按壓輸入強度臨限值相關聯之按壓輸入或回應於包括按壓輸入之示意動作而執行的操作之描述為視情況回應於偵測到以下中任一者而觸發:接觸之強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值;接觸之強度自低於滯後強度臨限值的強度增加到高於按壓輸入強度臨限值的強度;接觸之強度降低到低於按壓輸入強度臨限值;及/或接觸之強度降低到低於對應於按壓輸入強度臨限值之滯後 強度臨限值。另外,在操作經描述為回應於偵測到接觸之強度降低到低於按壓輸入強度臨限值而執行之實例中,回應於偵測到接觸之強度降低到對應於且低於小於按壓輸入強度臨限值之滯後強度臨限值而視情況執行該操作。 For ease of explanation, the description in response to a press input associated with pressing an input intensity threshold or an operation performed in response to a gesture action including a press input is triggered in response to detecting any of the following: contact The strength is increased above the compression input intensity threshold; the intensity of the contact increases from the intensity below the hysteresis strength threshold to the intensity above the compression input intensity threshold; the strength of the contact decreases below the compression input intensity Limit; and/or the strength of the contact is reduced below the hysteresis corresponding to the threshold of the press input intensity Strength threshold. Additionally, in an example where the operation is described as being performed in response to detecting that the intensity of the contact is reduced below the press input intensity threshold, the intensity of the detected contact is reduced to correspond to and below the pressed input intensity. The hysteresis strength threshold of the threshold value is performed as appropriate.
現將注意力引向使用者介面(「UI」)及相關聯處理程序,該等使用者介面及相關聯處理程序可實施於具有顯示器及觸敏式表面之多功能器件(諸如器件100、300及/或500)(圖1A、圖3A及/或圖5A)上,以提供相片應用程式之功能性。 Attention is now directed to a user interface ("UI") and associated processing programs that can be implemented in a multifunction device (such as device 100, 300) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface And/or 500) (Fig. 1A, Fig. 3A and/or Fig. 5A) to provide functionality of the photo application.
圖6A說明例示性電子器件600。器件600在一些實施例中可為器件500(圖5A)。在所說明之實例中,器件600係可穿戴電子器件。如圖所示,器件600可顯示具有使用者介面物件620至624之使用者介面610。在使用者介面610上,使用者介面物件620至624顯示為圖示。圖示620至624可對應於在器件600上可執行之應用程式,意謂器件600可回應於使用者對圖示的選擇啟動對應的應用程式。在所說明之實例中,圖示620對應於相片應用程式。 FIG. 6A illustrates an illustrative electronic device 600. Device 600 may be device 500 (Fig. 5A) in some embodiments. In the illustrated example, device 600 is a wearable electronic device. As shown, device 600 can display a user interface 610 having user interface objects 620-624. On user interface 610, user interface objects 620 through 624 are shown as illustrations. The illustrations 620 through 624 may correspond to an application executable on the device 600, meaning that the device 600 can launch the corresponding application in response to the user's selection of the icon. In the illustrated example, the illustration 620 corresponds to a photo application.
相片應用程式可提供在器件600之顯示器上顯示相片及/或相片集合(或其表示)之能力。相片集合可包括以某種方式相關聯之一組一或多個相片。舉例而言,相片集合可共用共同記憶體位置(例如,驅動器、目錄、資料夾、相簿等)或使相片與共同事件、時期、時間、位置等相關聯之後設資料。在一些實施例中,相片集合包括已由使用者指定之一組相片。 The photo application can provide the ability to display a collection of photos and/or photos (or representations thereof) on the display of device 600. A collection of photos may include a group of one or more photos associated in some manner. For example, a collection of photos may share a common memory location (eg, a drive, directory, folder, album, etc.) or associate a photo with a common event, time period, time, location, etc. In some embodiments, the collection of photos includes a set of photos that have been designated by the user.
相片可以數位影像之形式儲存於電子器件上。在一些實施例中,相片應用程式存取儲存在器件600上之記憶體中的相片。在一些實施例中,相片應用程式接收及/或存取儲存在外部器件上之記憶體中的相片。外部器件可包括智慧型電話、桌上型電腦、膝上型電腦、網路伺服器、網頁伺服器或類似者。 The photo can be stored on the electronic device in the form of a digital image. In some embodiments, the photo application accesses photos stored in the memory on device 600. In some embodiments, the photo application receives and/or accesses photos stored in memory on an external device. External devices may include smart phones, desktops, laptops, web servers, web servers, or the like.
相片應用程式亦可提供選擇相片集合(例如,相簿)以顯示、改變經選擇之相片集合、顯示相片或相片集合、瀏覽相片集合、顯示相片之預覽、分享相片或相片集合、發佈關於相片或相片集合之評論及/或喜歡該等相片或相片集合(例如,在社交媒體網站上)、設定相片作為使用者介面之牆紙或背景、新增後設資料至相片及/或相片集合等的能力。在下文更詳細地描述用於執行包括但不限於上文所列之彼等者的各種能力的例示性技術及使用者介面。 The photo application can also provide a selection of photo collections (eg, photo albums) to display, change selected photo collections, display photo or photo collections, view photo collections, display photo previews, share photos or photo collections, post photos or The ability to view photos and/or like them (for example, on social media sites), to set photos as a user interface wallpaper or background, to add post-data to photos and/or photo collections, etc. . Exemplary techniques and user interfaces for performing various capabilities including, but not limited to, those listed above are described in greater detail below.
值得注意地,器件600上之可旋轉輸入機構602之可用性可改良人機互動之速率。舉例而言,如下文更詳細描述,使用者可旋轉輸入機構602以在所顯示影像上快速「翻開」集合中之相片或放大/縮小。以此方式,器件600可減少(及在一些個例中消除)對導覽相片集合時之基於觸摸之示意動作的需求。重要的是,可用軟體使用者介面及硬體輸入機構之此組合准許相片之高效瀏覽。 Notably, the availability of the rotatable input mechanism 602 on the device 600 can improve the rate of human-computer interaction. For example, as described in more detail below, the user can rotate the input mechanism 602 to quickly "turn over" the photos in the collection or zoom in/out on the displayed image. In this manner, device 600 can reduce (and, in some instances, eliminate the need for touch-based gestures when navigating a collection of photos. Importantly, this combination of software user interface and hardware input mechanism allows for efficient browsing of photos.
轉向圖6B,描述例示性外部器件650。器件650可在一些實施例中為器件100或300(圖1A或3A)。在所說明之實例中,外部器件650為電話。外部器件650可具有儲存在本機記憶體中之相片。外部器件650亦可能夠存取儲存在另一外部器件(例如,雲端伺服器)上之相片。相片可經組織至含有相片集合之資料夾、目錄、相簿或類似者中。在一些實施例中,外部器件650儲存及/或存取指定相片之集合。圖6B展示可藉由外部器件650顯示之例示性使用者介面660。使用者介面660包括表示含有儲存在本機記憶體及/或另一外部器件之外部器件650已存取之記憶體中的指定相片集合的資料夾的圖示670。 Turning to Figure 6B, an exemplary external device 650 is depicted. Device 650 can be device 100 or 300 (FIG. 1A or 3A) in some embodiments. In the illustrated example, external device 650 is a telephone. The external device 650 can have a photo stored in the local memory. External device 650 can also access photos stored on another external device (eg, a cloud server). Photos can be organized into folders, catalogs, photo albums, or the like that contain a collection of photos. In some embodiments, external device 650 stores and/or accesses a collection of specified photos. FIG. 6B shows an exemplary user interface 660 that can be displayed by external device 650. User interface 660 includes an illustration 670 representing a folder containing a specified collection of photos stored in memory that has been accessed by external device 650 of the local memory and/or another external device.
在一些實施例中,器件650傳輸表示儲存在外部器件上之相片的資料。器件600可接收傳輸之資料以在器件600之顯示器上顯示相片之影像。在一些實施例中,器件600及650為成對的。如本文所使用,配對兩個電子器件包括在兩個器件之間建立通信構件。通信構件可包括 描述於2014年5月30日申請之「Predefined Wireless Pairing」之美國專利申請案第62/005,751號中的彼等構件。一旦器件為成對的,其可交換資料,包括相片影像及與相片相關聯之資訊(例如,後設資料)。在器件600與外部器件650成對時,器件600可能能夠經由無線通信接收表示包括於資料夾670中之指定相片的資料。 In some embodiments, device 650 transmits material representing a photo stored on an external device. Device 600 can receive the transmitted data to display an image of the photo on the display of device 600. In some embodiments, devices 600 and 650 are in pairs. As used herein, pairing two electronic devices includes establishing a communication member between the two devices. Communication components can include The components of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 62/005,751, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Once the devices are paired, they can exchange data, including photo images and information associated with the photos (eg, post-data). When device 600 is paired with external device 650, device 600 may be capable of receiving data representing a specified photo included in folder 670 via wireless communication.
現將注意力引向用於在器件600上顯示相片之技術及使用者介面。圖7A至圖7D說明用於在器件600上顯示相片之例示性使用者介面。圖7A展示具有顯示於先前參考圖6A所描述之例示性使用者介面610上之相片應用程式圖示620的例示性使用者互動700。如圖7A中所示,使用者互動700為一輕觸。在一些實施例中,使用者互動包括另一類型之基於觸摸之示意動作(例如,輕觸及保持、滑移、撥動(flick)等)。在一些實施例中,使用者互動包括機械輸入機構之移動(例如,可旋轉輸入機構602之按壓或旋轉)。 Attention is now directed to techniques and user interfaces for displaying photos on device 600. 7A-7D illustrate an exemplary user interface for displaying a photo on device 600. FIG. 7A shows an illustrative user interaction 700 with a photo application icon 620 displayed on an exemplary user interface 610 previously described with reference to FIG. 6A. As shown in Figure 7A, user interaction 700 is a light touch. In some embodiments, user interaction includes another type of touch-based gesture (eg, tap and hold, slip, flick, etc.). In some embodiments, user interaction includes movement of a mechanical input mechanism (eg, pressing or rotating of rotatable input mechanism 602).
器件600可偵測輕觸700且作為回應啟動與圖示620相關聯之相片應用程式。在啟動之後,相片應用程式可使得器件600接收表示相片集合之資料。資料可表示儲存在外部器件上之相片(例如,指定相片)之集合。器件600可經由無線通信接收資料。 Device 600 can detect tap 700 and in response initiates a photo application associated with diagram 620. After launching, the photo application can cause device 600 to receive data representing a collection of photos. The data can represent a collection of photos (eg, specified photos) stored on an external device. Device 600 can receive data via wireless communication.
在啟動之後,相片應用程式亦可使器件600用來自所接收之相片集合的相片的顯示替換使用者介面610的顯示。相片之顯示可包括相片之數位影像或相片之數位表示(例如,縮略圖影像)。圖7B展示例示性使用者介面710,該使用者介面包括來自相片集合之相片之影像的顯示。出於簡單性之目的,文字(例如「相片A」)用於表示所指示相片之實際數位影像。 After launching, the photo application can also cause device 600 to replace the display of user interface 610 with a display of photos from the received collection of photos. The display of the photo may include a digital representation of the photo or a digital representation of the photo (eg, a thumbnail image). FIG. 7B shows an exemplary user interface 710 that includes a display of images from photos of a collection of photos. For the sake of simplicity, text (such as "Photo A") is used to represent the actual digital image of the indicated photo.
藉由器件600接收之相片集合可包括一或多個相片。在一些實施例中,回應於偵測使用者互動來顯示該集合中之另一相片。圖7B藉由旋轉輸入機構602上方之箭頭指示使用者互動701。在所說明之實例 中,使用者互動701為旋轉輸入機構602之移動(例如,旋轉)。旋轉輸入機構602之移動可使得器件600用另一相片之顯示替換相片A之顯示。舉例而言,器件600可偵測使用者互動701且作為回應用所接收之相片集合中之另一相片之顯示替換相片A之顯示。 The collection of photos received by device 600 can include one or more photos. In some embodiments, another photo in the collection is displayed in response to detecting user interaction. FIG. 7B indicates user interaction 701 by an arrow above the rotary input mechanism 602. In the illustrated example The user interaction 701 is the movement (eg, rotation) of the rotary input mechanism 602. Movement of the rotary input mechanism 602 may cause the device 600 to replace the display of the photo A with the display of another photo. For example, device 600 can detect user interaction 701 and replace the display of photo A as a display of another photo in the collection of photos received by the application.
在一些實施例中,集合中之相片與一序列(例如,相片A、相片B、相片C等)相關聯。在啟動相片應用程式之後,器件600可顯示該序列中之第一相片(例如,相片A)。此外,在圖7A中,旋轉輸入機構602上方之單個箭頭指示使用者互動701表示旋轉輸入機構602之單個單元的移動。回應於單個單元的移動,器件600可顯示該序列中鄰近當前顯示之相片的一相片。舉例而言,回應於旋轉輸入機構602之順時針旋轉,器件600可顯示該序列中之後一相片。圖7C展示器件600上之例示性使用者介面711,其中由於旋轉輸入機構602之使用者互動701而顯示該序列中之下一相片(相片B)。在一些實施例中,旋轉輸入機構602之逆時針旋轉使得器件600顯示該序列中之前一相片。舉例而言,旋轉輸入機構602之在顯示相片B時的單個單元之逆時針旋轉可使得器件600重新顯示相片A。替代地,回應於旋轉輸入機構602之順時針旋轉,器件600可顯示該序列中之前一相片。且回應於旋轉輸入機構602之逆時針旋轉,器件600可顯示該序列中之後一相片。 In some embodiments, the photos in the collection are associated with a sequence (eg, photo A, photo B, photo C, etc.). After launching the photo application, device 600 can display the first photo in the sequence (eg, photo A). Moreover, in FIG. 7A, a single arrow above the rotary input mechanism 602 indicates that user interaction 701 represents movement of a single unit of rotary input mechanism 602. In response to movement of a single unit, device 600 can display a photo of the sequence adjacent to the currently displayed photo. For example, in response to clockwise rotation of rotary input mechanism 602, device 600 can display the next photo in the sequence. 7C shows an exemplary user interface 711 on device 600 in which the next photo (photo B) in the sequence is displayed due to user interaction 701 of rotating input mechanism 602. In some embodiments, the counterclockwise rotation of the rotary input mechanism 602 causes the device 600 to display the previous photo in the sequence. For example, counterclockwise rotation of a single unit of rotary input mechanism 602 while displaying photo B may cause device 600 to redisplay photo A. Alternatively, in response to clockwise rotation of the rotary input mechanism 602, the device 600 can display the previous photo in the sequence. And in response to counterclockwise rotation of the rotary input mechanism 602, the device 600 can display the next photo in the sequence.
再次轉向圖7C,藉由旋轉輸入機構602上方之三個箭頭說明旋轉輸入機構602之另一移動702。移動702表示旋轉輸入機構602之三個單元的旋轉,其可使得器件600用該序列中之遠離三個位置之相片替換當前顯示之相片(相片B)。圖7D展示器件600上之例示性使用者介面712,其中由於旋轉輸入機構602之移動702,顯示遠離相片B三個位置之相片(亦即,相片E),而非相片B。 Turning again to Figure 7C, another movement 702 of the rotary input mechanism 602 is illustrated by three arrows above the rotary input mechanism 602. Movement 702 represents the rotation of the three units of rotary input mechanism 602, which may cause device 600 to replace the currently displayed photo (photo B) with a photo from the three positions in the sequence. 7D shows an exemplary user interface 712 on device 600 in which a photo (ie, photo E) that is away from three locations of photo B is displayed instead of photo B due to movement 702 of rotating input mechanism 602.
在一些實施例中,使用者使得器件600使用觸敏式顯示器上之基於觸摸之示意動作改變所顯示相片。圖8A展示器件600上顯示之包括 相片A之顯示的例示性使用者介面810。在圖8A中,緊接於描繪之指狀物的水平箭頭指示使用者互動800。在所說明之實例中,使用者互動800為觸敏式顯示器上之單個滑移示意動作。滑移800可使得器件600用不同相片之顯示替換相片A之顯示。亦即,器件600可偵測滑移800且作為回應,用指定相片集合中之另一相片之顯示替換相片A之顯示。 In some embodiments, the user causes device 600 to change the displayed photo using a touch-based gesture on the touch-sensitive display. Figure 8A shows the display shown on device 600. An exemplary user interface 810 for the display of photo A. In FIG. 8A, the horizontal arrow next to the depicted finger indicates user interaction 800. In the illustrated example, user interaction 800 is a single slip gesture on a touch-sensitive display. Slip 800 may cause device 600 to replace the display of photo A with the display of different photos. That is, device 600 can detect slip 800 and, in response, replace the display of photo A with the display of another photo in the specified photo collection.
在一些實施例中,單個滑移使器件600基於相片之序列顯示鄰近當前顯示之相片的相片。舉例而言,回應於自右至左的滑移,器件600可顯示該序列中之後一相片。圖8B展示器件600上之例示性使用者介面811,其中由於滑移800而顯示序列中之下一相片(相片B)。在一些實施例中,自左至右的滑移使得器件600顯示序列中之前一相片。舉例而言,在顯示相片B時自左至右的單個滑移可使得器件600重新顯示相片A。在一些實施例中,自底部至頂部的滑移使得器件600顯示序列中之後一相片。且自頂部至底部的滑移可使得器件600顯示序列中之前一相片。 In some embodiments, a single slip causes device 600 to display a photo of a photo adjacent to the currently displayed photo based on the sequence of photos. For example, in response to a right-to-left slip, device 600 can display the next photo in the sequence. FIG. 8B shows an exemplary user interface 811 on device 600 in which the next photo in the sequence (photo B) is displayed due to slip 800. In some embodiments, the left to right slip causes device 600 to display the previous photo in the sequence. For example, a single slip from left to right when displaying photo B may cause device 600 to redisplay photo A. In some embodiments, the slip from bottom to top causes device 600 to display the next photo in the sequence. And the slip from top to bottom allows device 600 to display the previous photo in the sequence.
再次轉向圖8B,藉由三個水平箭頭說明另一基於觸摸之示意動作801。基於觸摸之示意動作801表示器件600之觸敏式顯示器上三個自右至左的滑移。三個滑移801之偵測可使得器件600用序列中遠離三個位置之相片替換當前顯示之相片(相片B)。圖8C展示器件600上之例示性使用者介面812,其中由於使用者互動801,顯示遠離相片B三個位置之相片(亦即,相片E)而非相片B。 Turning again to Figure 8B, another touch-based gesture 801 is illustrated by three horizontal arrows. The touch-based gesture 801 represents three right-to-left slips on the touch-sensitive display of device 600. The detection of the three slips 801 can cause the device 600 to replace the currently displayed photo (photo B) with a photo in the sequence that is away from three locations. 8C shows an exemplary user interface 812 on device 600 in which a photo (ie, photo E) that is away from the three locations of photo B is displayed instead of photo B due to user interaction 801.
現將注意力引向用於顯示相片之間的轉變(例如,用另一相片之顯示替換一相片之顯示)的技術。在一些實施例中,轉變包括動畫化。圖9A至圖9C描繪動畫化自相片A之完整尺寸顯示(圖9A)至相片B之完整尺寸顯示(圖9C)之轉變的例示性使用者介面901至903。圖9B展示說明例示性動畫化之中間使用者介面902。在使用者介面902中,相 片A朝上平移離開顯示器以顯露相片B之顯示。在一些實施例中,相片A向右、向左、向下或對角地平移。相片B之初始顯示可居中於顯示器上且顯示為比使用者介面901及903上顯示之較大完整尺寸影像小的縮小尺寸之影像。相片B之顯示可接著經動畫化以將相片B自縮小尺寸擴大至較大完整尺寸。此動畫化可建立相片B正沿垂直於器件600之顯示器的軸線(例如,z軸)經放大的外觀。 Attention is now directed to techniques for displaying transitions between photos (e.g., replacing the display of a photo with the display of another photo). In some embodiments, the transition includes an animation. 9A-9C depict exemplary user interfaces 901 through 903 that animate the transition from full size display of photo A (FIG. 9A) to full size display of photo B (FIG. 9C). FIG. 9B shows an intermediate user interface 902 illustrating an exemplary animation. In the user interface 902, the phase Sheet A is translated upwards away from the display to reveal the display of photo B. In some embodiments, photo A is translated to the right, left, down, or diagonally. The initial display of photo B can be centered on the display and displayed as a reduced size image that is smaller than the larger full size image displayed on user interfaces 901 and 903. The display of photo B can then be animated to expand photo B from a reduced size to a larger full size. This animation can establish an enlarged appearance of the photo B along an axis (eg, the z-axis) of the display perpendicular to the device 600.
圖9D至圖9F描繪使用者介面910至912,說明用於自一相片之顯示轉變至另一相片之顯示的替代性動畫化。如中間使用者介面911中所示,相片A之顯示朝上平移離開顯示器以顯露相片B之完整尺寸顯示。在此情況下,動畫化可提供翻開撲克牌或相片之實體堆疊的外觀。 9D-9F depict user interfaces 910 through 912 illustrating alternative animations for transitioning from display of one photo to display of another photo. As shown in the intermediate user interface 911, the display of the photo A is translated upwardly away from the display to reveal the full size display of the photo B. In this case, the animation can provide the appearance of a solid stack of cards or photos.
現將注意力引向關於選擇相片集合及顯示來自該經選擇之集合的相片的技術及使用者介面。 Attention is now directed to techniques and user interfaces for selecting a collection of photos and displaying photos from the selected collection.
圖10A展示可顯示於外部器件650上之例示性使用者介面1000。使用者介面1000包括對應於儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的使用者介面物件1001至1004,該等物件分別稱為相簿1至4。在一些實施例中,相片儲存在外部器件650之本機記憶體及/或另一外部器件之外部器件650已存取之記憶體中。外部器件650可經由無線通信傳輸表示相簿1至4及其各別相片之資料。 FIG. 10A shows an exemplary user interface 1000 that can be displayed on external device 650. User interface 1000 includes user interface objects 1001 through 1004 corresponding to a collection of photos stored on an external device, such as albums 1 through 4, respectively. In some embodiments, the photo is stored in a memory that is accessed by the local memory of external device 650 and/or external device 650 of another external device. The external device 650 can transmit data representing the albums 1 to 4 and their respective photos via wireless communication.
在一些實施例中,器件600接收(例如,經由無線通信)藉由外部器件650傳輸之資料且能夠顯示藉由該資料表示之相簿及相片。圖10B展示可使得器件600啟動與先前參考圖6A及7A所描述之圖示620相關聯之相片應用程式的例示性使用者互動1005。如圖10B中所示,使用者互動1005為一輕觸。 In some embodiments, device 600 receives (eg, via wireless communication) data transmitted by external device 650 and can display albums and photos represented by the material. FIG. 10B shows an exemplary user interaction 1005 that may cause device 600 to launch a photo application associated with diagram 620 previously described with reference to FIGS. 6A and 7A. As shown in Figure 10B, user interaction 1005 is a light touch.
在啟動之後,相片應用程式可使得器件600接收藉由外部器件650傳輸之資料。相片應用程式亦可使得器件600用包括表示接收之資 料之相片集合的使用者介面物件之使用者介面之顯示替換使用者介面610之顯示。 After startup, the photo application can cause device 600 to receive the data transmitted by external device 650. The photo application can also cause the device 600 to include the recipient The display of the user interface of the user interface object of the photo collection of the material replaces the display of the user interface 610.
圖10C展示包括表示外部器件650上之相片集合之使用者介面物件1011至1014(相簿1至4)的例示性使用者介面1010。在使用者介面1010中,介面物件1011至1014顯示為資料夾。圖10D展示具有表示相簿1至4之使用者介面物件的替代性例示性使用者介面1020。 FIG. 10C shows an exemplary user interface 1010 including user interface objects 1011 through 1014 (photobooks 1 through 4) representing a collection of photos on external device 650. In the user interface 1010, the interface objects 1011 through 1014 are shown as folders. FIG. 10D shows an alternative exemplary user interface 1020 having user interface objects representing albums 1 through 4.
在一些實施例中,使用者可藉由選擇對應於所要集合之使用者介面物件選擇相片集合中之一者。圖11A描繪具有上文參考圖10C描述之使用者介面1010的例示性使用者互動1100。在圖11A中,使用者互動1100描繪為對應於相簿3之資料夾1013上的輕觸。 In some embodiments, the user can select one of the photo collections by selecting a user interface object corresponding to the desired collection. FIG. 11A depicts an exemplary user interaction 1100 having the user interface 1010 described above with respect to FIG. 10C. In FIG. 11A, user interaction 1100 is depicted as a tap on folder 1013 corresponding to album 3.
在一些實施例中,器件600偵測與使用者介面物件1013之使用者互動1100且作為回應,用相簿3中之相片的顯示替換使用者介面1010。圖11B展示包括來自相簿3之相片(相片3A)的顯示的例示性使用者介面1110。 In some embodiments, device 600 detects user interaction 1100 with user interface object 1013 and, in response, replaces user interface 1010 with a display of the photo in album 3. FIG. 11B shows an illustrative user interface 1110 that includes a display of photos (photo 3A) from album 3.
在一些實施例中,器件600偵測與使用者介面物件1013之使用者互動1100且作為回應,用包括表示經選擇之相片集合(例如,相簿3中之相片)之使用者介面物件(例如,影像)的使用者介面之顯示替換使用者介面1010。 In some embodiments, device 600 detects user interaction 1100 with user interface object 1013 and, in response, includes a user interface object that includes a selected photo collection (eg, a photo in album 3) (eg, The display of the user interface of the image is replaced with the user interface 1010.
在一些實施例中,表示經選擇之相片集合的使用者介面物件包括覆蓋影像。亦即,回應於偵測到與使用者介面物件1013之使用者互動,器件600可用包括指示相簿3之覆蓋影像的使用者介面替換使用者介面1010之顯示。圖11C描繪包括指示相簿3之覆蓋影像的例示性使用者介面1120。 In some embodiments, the user interface object representing the selected collection of photos includes an overlay image. That is, in response to detecting user interaction with the user interface object 1013, the device 600 can replace the display of the user interface 1010 with a user interface that includes an overlay image indicating the album 3. FIG. 11C depicts an exemplary user interface 1120 that includes an overlay image indicating the album 3.
在一些實施例中,表示經選擇之相片集合的使用者介面物件包括複合影像。亦即,回應於偵測到與使用者介面物件1013之使用者互動,器件600可用指示相簿3中之相片的複合影像之顯示替換使用者介 面1010之顯示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object representing the selected collection of photos includes a composite image. That is, in response to detecting user interaction with the user interface object 1013, the device 600 can replace the user interface with a display of the composite image indicating the photo in the album 3. The display of the face 1010.
圖11D描繪包括例示性複合影像1150之視圖1140之顯示的例示性使用者介面1130。在圖11D中描繪之複合影像1150表示相簿3中之相片集合且包含與相簿中之個別相片相關聯之表示。舉例而言,複合影像1150包括與相簿3中之相片E相關聯之表示1151,如藉由參考3E'指定。表示可包括對應相片之指示(例如,標記)及/或視覺表示(例如,縮略圖影像)。該等表示可以直線柵格配置,如例示性複合影像1150中所描繪,且可類似包含集合中之個別相片的馬賽克影像。 FIG. 11D depicts an exemplary user interface 1130 including a display of a view 1140 of an exemplary composite image 1150. The composite image 1150 depicted in Figure 11D represents a collection of photos in the album 3 and includes representations associated with individual photos in the album. For example, composite image 1150 includes representation 1151 associated with photo E in album 3, as specified by reference 3E'. The representation may include an indication (eg, a marker) and/or a visual representation (eg, a thumbnail image) of the corresponding photo. The representations can be arranged in a linear grid, as depicted in the exemplary composite image 1150, and can resemble a mosaic image containing individual photos in the collection.
在一些實施例中,該等表示相對於彼此配置於固定位置中。亦即,該等表示可保持其相對於彼此之位置,而不管以其他方式影響複合影像之視圖的操作,諸如平移及按比例調整(例如放大及縮小)。在圖11D中,舉例而言,表示3L'可鄰近於表示3M'之左邊而固定,表示3M'固定至表示3S'之左上方。 In some embodiments, the representations are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other. That is, the representations can maintain their position relative to each other regardless of the operations that otherwise affect the view of the composite image, such as translation and scaling (eg, zooming in and out). In FIG. 11D, for example, it is indicated that 3L' may be fixed adjacent to the left side of the representation 3M', indicating that 3M' is fixed to the upper left of the representation 3S'.
使用者介面1130包括複合影像1150之視圖1140,意為使用者介面1130可顯示整個影像1150或僅其一部分(亦即,小於整個影像)。舉例而言,視圖1140展示25個相片(相片3A-3Y)之表示。然而,若相簿3包括超過25個相片,則複合影像1150可包括並不在視圖1140中展示之額外表示。在一些實施例中,複合影像之部分延伸超出顯示器之頂部、底部及/或側邊且對視圖隱藏。 The user interface 1130 includes a view 1140 of the composite image 1150, meaning that the user interface 1130 can display the entire image 1150 or only a portion thereof (ie, less than the entire image). For example, view 1140 shows a representation of 25 photos (photos 3A-3Y). However, if album 3 includes more than 25 photos, composite image 1150 may include additional representations that are not shown in view 1140. In some embodiments, portions of the composite image extend beyond the top, bottom, and/or sides of the display and are hidden from view.
在一些實施例中,複合影像之顯示上的拖曳或滑移示意動作使器件600平移影像及顯示隱藏部分。舉例而言,若影像延伸超出所顯示視圖之底部,則接觸之自顯示器之底部朝向顯示器之頂部的移動可使器件600朝上平移複合影像,從而顯露該影像之先前隱藏之下部(例如,先前隱藏之表示)。 In some embodiments, the drag or slip gesture on the display of the composite image causes device 600 to pan the image and display the hidden portion. For example, if the image extends beyond the bottom of the displayed view, movement of the contact from the bottom of the display toward the top of the display may cause the device 600 to translate the composite image upward, thereby revealing the previously hidden lower portion of the image (eg, previous Hidden representation).
在一些實施例中,器件600在平移影像同時到達該影像之邊緣時合併「橡皮帶」特徵。亦即,回應於在初始方向上平移影像同時到達 該影像之邊緣,同時仍在觸控式螢幕顯示器上偵測到接觸,器件600可顯示超出該影像之邊緣的區域且顯示該影像之縮減部分。器件600亦可偵測到接觸不再處於觸控式螢幕顯示器上。回應於偵測到接觸不再處於觸控式螢幕顯示器上,器件600可在與初始方向相反之方向akj上平移影像,直至不再顯示超出該影像之邊緣的區域且顯示不同於最初顯示之視圖的影像之一部分。 In some embodiments, device 600 incorporates a "rubber band" feature when panning an image while reaching the edge of the image. That is, in response to panning the image in the initial direction and arriving at the same time At the edge of the image, while still detecting contact on the touch screen display, device 600 can display an area beyond the edge of the image and display a reduced portion of the image. Device 600 can also detect that the contact is no longer on the touch screen display. In response to detecting that the contact is no longer on the touch screen display, device 600 can pan the image in the opposite direction to the initial direction akj until the area beyond the edge of the image is no longer displayed and the display is different from the originally displayed view. Part of the image.
以另一方式描述,器件600可偵測觸控式螢幕顯示器上或附近之實體物件之移動(例如用一或多個接觸執行之滑移示意動作)。當偵測到移動時,器件600可在初始方向上平移顯示於觸控式螢幕顯示器上之影像以顯示影像之先前隱藏之邊緣。回應於影像之先前隱藏之邊緣的顯示及移動之持續偵測,器件600可顯示超出影像之邊緣的區域。在不再偵測到移動之後(例如,回應於偵測到一或多個接觸自觸控式螢幕顯示器之起離),器件600可在另一方向上平移影像直至不再顯示超出影像之邊緣的區域。 Alternatively, device 600 can detect movement of a physical object on or near the touch screen display (eg, a sliding gesture action performed with one or more contacts). When motion is detected, device 600 can pan the image displayed on the touch screen display in an initial direction to display the previously hidden edge of the image. In response to the display of the previously hidden edge of the image and the continuous detection of the motion, the device 600 can display an area beyond the edge of the image. After the motion is no longer detected (eg, in response to detecting one or more touches from the touch screen display), the device 600 can pan the image in the other direction until the edge of the image is no longer displayed. region.
亦應認識到,雖然圖11D中之影像1150之顯示視圖1140僅包括整個相片表示,但視圖可在一或多個邊緣處切斷以使得僅顯示表示之沿切斷邊緣的部分。此外,視圖可包括任何數目列及/或行之表示(例如,7x7、10x10或7x10)。 It should also be appreciated that while the display view 1140 of the image 1150 in FIG. 11D includes only the entire photo representation, the view may be severed at one or more edges such that only portions of the representation along the severed edge are displayed. Further, the view can include any number of columns and/or representations of rows (eg, 7x7, 10x10, or 7x10).
現轉向圖12A至圖12B,描述用於藉由與複合影像互動來選擇相片的例示性技術。圖12A至圖12B說明自包含與相片相關聯之複數個表示之複合影像選擇器件600上之相片。圖12A展示包括複合影像1220之視圖1210的使用者介面1200。影像1220包括與相片S相關聯之表示1221。 Turning now to Figures 12A-12B, an illustrative technique for selecting a photo by interacting with a composite image is described. Figures 12A-12B illustrate photographs from a composite image selection device 600 that includes a plurality of representations associated with a photo. FIG. 12A shows a user interface 1200 that includes a view 1210 of a composite image 1220. Image 1220 includes a representation 1221 associated with photo S.
表示1221可包括允許使用者經由該表示與影像1220互動的可視線索。在一些實施例中,器件600偵測使用者互動(例如,作為觸敏式顯示器上之接觸而偵測的使用者觸摸)且判定其是否表示對應於複合 影像中之表示的可視線索之選擇。回應於使用者互動表示與相片之表示相關聯之可視線索之選擇的判定,器件600可用對應相片之顯示替換複合影像之顯示。 Representation 1221 can include a visual cue that allows a user to interact with image 1220 via the representation. In some embodiments, device 600 detects user interaction (eg, user touch detected as a contact on a touch-sensitive display) and determines whether it represents a composite The choice of visual cues for representations in the image. In response to the determination that the user interaction represents a selection of visual cues associated with the representation of the photo, device 600 may replace the display of the composite image with the display of the corresponding photo.
圖12A描繪表示1221處呈輕觸示意動作形式之使用者互動1205。器件600可偵測使用者互動1205、判定其表示表示1221之可視線索的選擇,且作為回應,用相片S之顯示替換複合影像1220(或複合影像1220之視圖1210)之顯示,如在圖12B中藉由使用者介面1230所描繪。 Figure 12A depicts a user interaction 1205 representing a form of a light touch gesture at 1221. The device 600 can detect the user interaction 1205, determine the selection of the visual cues that represent the representation 1221, and in response, replace the display of the composite image 1220 (or the view 1210 of the composite image 1220) with the display of the photo S, as in Figure 12B. This is depicted by the user interface 1230.
在一些實施例中,器件600具有小外觀尺寸。歸因於其尺寸,器件600可不適合於顯示較大數目之非常詳細(例如,高解析度)圖形使用者介面元件(例如,相片之表示)。若在複合影像之視圖中顯示較大數目之表示,則表示之尺寸可相對較小,此可能使得檢視困難。小尺寸亦可使得其難以可靠地選擇(例如,經由基於觸摸之示意動作)所要相片之表示。因此可能需要提供允許使用者放大影像之視圖以增加表示之顯示尺寸及/或解析度的技術。 In some embodiments, device 600 has a small form factor. Due to its size, device 600 may not be suitable for displaying a large number of very detailed (eg, high resolution) graphical user interface elements (eg, representations of photos). If a larger number of representations are displayed in the view of the composite image, the indicated size may be relatively small, which may make viewing difficult. The small size may also make it difficult to reliably select (eg, via a touch-based gesture) the representation of the desired photo. It may therefore be desirable to provide techniques that allow the user to zoom in on the view of the image to increase the display size and/or resolution of the representation.
在一些實施例中,顯示於器件600上之複合影像之視圖可藉由移動可旋轉輸入機構602來縮放。圖13A展示包括複合影像1320之視圖1310的例示性使用者介面1300。複合影像1320包括以直線柵格圖案配置之相片之表示。可旋轉輸入機構602之移動1305(例如,旋轉)藉由可旋轉輸入機構602上方之箭頭表示。器件600可偵測移動1305且作為回應,將影像1320之視圖1310之顯示轉變為其中以較大尺寸顯示影像1320之表示的放大視圖。圖13B展示包括影像1320之放大視圖1340的例示性使用者介面1330。視圖1340經縮放以使得複合影像1320之處於縮小視圖1310之中心處的部分亦處於放大視圖1340之中心處。 In some embodiments, the view of the composite image displayed on device 600 can be scaled by moving rotatable input mechanism 602. FIG. 13A shows an illustrative user interface 1300 that includes a view 1310 of a composite image 1320. Composite image 1320 includes representations of photos arranged in a linear grid pattern. Movement 1305 (eg, rotation) of the rotatable input mechanism 602 is indicated by an arrow above the rotatable input mechanism 602. The device 600 can detect the movement 1305 and in response, convert the display of the view 1310 of the image 1320 into an enlarged view in which the representation of the image 1320 is displayed in a larger size. FIG. 13B shows an illustrative user interface 1330 that includes an enlarged view 1340 of an image 1320. View 1340 is scaled such that the portion of composite image 1320 at the center of reduced view 1310 is also at the center of enlarged view 1340.
在圖13A至圖13B中,使用者互動1305使器件600將顯示自具有五列及五行之視圖(亦即,5x5視圖)轉變為具有以較大尺寸及更詳細(解析度)顯示之較少表示的3x3視圖。應認識到,器件600可藉由以相同 的列與行比率(例如,9x9至4x4或8x4至4x2)自任何尺寸柵格之視圖轉變至任何較小尺寸柵格之視圖來放大。在一些實施例中,縮放可以小於整個列及/或行之增量持續或執行,此可產生具有沿視圖之邊緣顯示的部分表示的視圖。 In FIGS. 13A-13B, user interaction 1305 causes device 600 to display a view from five columns and five rows (ie, a 5x5 view) to have less display in larger size and more detail (resolution). Indicates the 3x3 view. It should be appreciated that device 600 can be the same The column-to-row ratio (eg, 9x9 to 4x4 or 8x4 to 4x2) transitions from the view of any size grid to the view of any smaller size grid to zoom in. In some embodiments, the scaling may be less than the entire column and/or row increments or executions, which may result in a view having a partial representation displayed along the edge of the view.
在一些實施例中,可旋轉輸入機構602在第一方向(例如,順時針)上之移動使得影像之視圖放大,且在與第一方向相反之第二方向(例如,逆時針)上之旋轉使得視圖縮小。舉例而言,可旋轉輸入機構602在與移動1305之方向相反的方向上之移動可使器件600將顯示自使用者介面1330切換回使用者介面1300。 In some embodiments, movement of the rotatable input mechanism 602 in a first direction (eg, clockwise) causes the view of the image to be magnified and rotated in a second direction (eg, counterclockwise) opposite the first direction Make the view smaller. For example, movement of the rotatable input mechanism 602 in a direction opposite the direction of the movement 1305 can cause the device 600 to switch the display from the user interface 1330 back to the user interface 1300.
在一些實施例中,在顯示放大視圖1340時旋轉輸入機構之移動使器件600用藉由複合影像1320表示之集合中的相片之顯示替換複合影像1320之顯示。在圖13B中藉由可旋轉輸入機構602上方之箭頭表示的使用者互動1315指示顯示影像1320之視圖1340時旋轉輸入機構之移動。在一些實施例中,器件600用藉由複合影像表示之集合中的相片之顯示替換包括複合影像之視圖的使用者介面。舉例而言,如圖13C中所示,回應於使用者互動1315,器件600可顯示在與使用者互動同時顯示之視圖之中心處的相片(亦即,相片M)。在一些實施例中,用對應於在視圖中之除中心外的一位置處的表示的相片(例如,對應於視圖之左上角中之表示的該相片)替換複合影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, movement of the rotary input mechanism while displaying the magnified view 1340 causes the device 600 to replace the display of the composite image 1320 with the display of the photo in the set represented by the composite image 1320. The user interaction 1315, indicated by the arrow above the rotatable input mechanism 602, in FIG. 13B indicates the movement of the rotary input mechanism when the view 1340 of the image 1320 is displayed. In some embodiments, device 600 replaces the user interface including the view of the composite image with the display of the photo in the set of composite image representations. For example, as shown in FIG. 13C, in response to user interaction 1315, device 600 can display a photo (ie, photo M) at the center of the view that is displayed while interacting with the user. In some embodiments, the display of the composite image is replaced with a photo corresponding to the representation at a location other than the center in the view (eg, the photo corresponding to the representation in the upper left corner of the view).
在一些實施例中,在顯示放大視圖1340時旋轉輸入機構之移動使器件600更進一步地放大該視圖。對於是顯示相片還是縮放複合影像之視圖的決定可取決於各種因素,諸如當前視圖中之表示的顯示尺寸及當前視圖中顯示之列及/或行之數目。舉例而言,若以大於預定尺寸之尺寸(例如,顯示器之高度的1/3)顯示表示,或若複合影像之視圖中出現之表示之列的數目小於預定值(例如,4列),則器件600可回應於偵測到旋轉輸入機構之移動來顯示相片,而非縮放複合影像之視 圖。視情況,若以小於預定尺寸之尺寸顯示表示,或若複合影像之視圖中出現之表示之列的數目大於預定值,則旋轉輸入機構之移動可使視圖經進一步放大。 In some embodiments, movement of the rotary input mechanism while displaying the enlarged view 1340 causes the device 600 to further magnify the view. The decision as to whether to display the photo or to zoom the view of the composite image may depend on various factors, such as the display size of the representation in the current view and the number of columns and/or rows displayed in the current view. For example, if the representation is displayed in a size larger than a predetermined size (for example, 1/3 of the height of the display), or if the number of representations appearing in the view of the composite image is less than a predetermined value (for example, 4 columns), then The device 600 can display a photo in response to detecting the movement of the rotary input mechanism instead of zooming the composite image. Figure. Optionally, if the representation is displayed in a size smaller than a predetermined size, or if the number of representations appearing in the view of the composite image is greater than a predetermined value, the movement of the rotary input mechanism may further magnify the view.
圖13C亦指示在顯示包括相片M之使用者介面1350時旋轉輸入機構之移動1325(藉由可旋轉輸入機構602上方之箭頭表示)。在一些實施例中,在顯示相片時旋轉輸入機構之移動使器件600顯示與所顯示相片相關聯之後設資料。圖13D說明可回應於移動1325顯示之例示性使用者介面物件1355。使用者介面物件1355包括與相片M相關聯之後設資料。後設資料可包括與相片M相關聯之人物、地點、事件、日期及/或時間及天氣狀況。 Figure 13C also indicates the movement 1325 of the rotary input mechanism (indicated by the arrow above the rotatable input mechanism 602) when displaying the user interface 1350 including the photo M. In some embodiments, the movement of the rotary input mechanism when displaying the photo causes the device 600 to display the data associated with the displayed photo. FIG. 13D illustrates an exemplary user interface object 1355 that can be displayed in response to the movement 1325. The user interface object 1355 includes a material associated with the photo M. The post-set information may include the person, location, event, date and/or time and weather conditions associated with the photo M.
在一些實施例中,複合影像之所顯示視圖可藉由觸敏式顯示器上之基於觸摸之示意動作放大。圖14A展示包括複合影像1420之視圖1410的例示性使用者介面1400。使用者在對應於相片S之表示1421上執行輕觸示意動作1405。器件600可偵測輕觸示意動作1405且作為回應將視圖1401之顯示轉變為其中以較大尺寸顯示影像1420之表示的放大視圖。在一些實施例中,器件600使放大視圖居中於定位在輕觸之位置處的影像之表示或部分上。圖14B展示包括具有視圖之中心處相片S之表示的影像1420之放大視圖1440的例示性使用者介面1430。在其他實施例中,回應於使用者介面1400上之輕觸,器件600可放大視圖之中心(例如,表示M)而不管輕觸之位置。 In some embodiments, the displayed view of the composite image can be magnified by a touch-based gesture on the touch-sensitive display. FIG. 14A shows an illustrative user interface 1400 that includes a view 1410 of composite image 1420. The user performs a tap gesture 1405 on the representation 1421 corresponding to the photo S. Device 600 can detect a tap gesture 1405 and in response converts the display of view 1401 into an enlarged view in which the representation of image 1420 is displayed in a larger size. In some embodiments, device 600 centers the magnified view on a representation or portion of the image that is positioned at the location of the tap. 14B shows an illustrative user interface 1430 including an enlarged view 1440 of an image 1420 having a representation of a photo S at the center of the view. In other embodiments, in response to a tap on the user interface 1400, the device 600 can magnify the center of the view (eg, represent M) regardless of the location of the tap.
在一些實施例中,觸敏式顯示器上之擠壓示意動作(例如,接觸之彼此更接近的兩個點)使器件600縮小複合影像之視圖,且去擠壓示意動作(例如,兩個接觸點分離)可使視圖放大,反之亦然。 In some embodiments, the squeezing gestures on the touch-sensitive display (eg, two points that are closer to each other) cause the device 600 to zoom out of the composite image and de-squeeze the gesture (eg, two contacts) Point separation) magnifies the view and vice versa.
在一些實施例中,不同類型之輸入可經組合以在各種使用者介面與相片顯示之間導覽。舉例而言,回應於圖13A中之表示M處的輕觸示意動作,器件600可用放大視圖1340(圖13B)替換複合影像1320 之視圖1310。接著,回應於可旋轉輸入機構602之移動(例如,旋轉),器件600可用相片M 1350(圖13C)之顯示替換視圖1340。另外,回應於相片M之顯示上的去擠壓示意動作,器件600可顯示展示相片之後設資料的使用者介面物件1355(圖13D)。 In some embodiments, different types of inputs can be combined to navigate between various user interfaces and photo displays. For example, in response to the tap gesture shown at M in FIG. 13A, device 600 may replace composite image 1320 with magnified view 1340 (FIG. 13B). View 1310. Next, in response to movement (eg, rotation) of the rotatable input mechanism 602, the device 600 can replace the view 1340 with the display of the photo M 1350 (FIG. 13C). In addition, in response to the de-squeezing gesture on the display of the photo M, the device 600 can display a user interface object 1355 (FIG. 13D) that displays the material after the photo is displayed.
圖15A至圖15C說明輔助使用者在以相對較小尺寸顯示表示時檢視複合影像的另一技術。圖15A描繪使用者介面1500,該使用者介面包括複合影像1520之視圖1510。使用者在器件600之觸敏式顯示器上提供觸摸1505且保持觸摸一持續時間。器件600偵測與觸摸1505相關聯之接觸且判定接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值。回應於判定接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值,器件600可顯示接觸點之位置周圍或鄰近處之影像1520之一部分的放大視圖(例如預覽)。 15A-15C illustrate another technique for assisting a user to view a composite image while displaying a representation in a relatively small size. FIG. 15A depicts a user interface 1500 that includes a view 1510 of a composite image 1520. The user provides a touch 1505 on the touch sensitive display of device 600 and maintains the touch for a duration. Device 600 detects the contact associated with touch 1505 and determines if the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold. In response to determining that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, device 600 can display an enlarged view (eg, a preview) of a portion of image 1520 around or adjacent to the location of the contact point.
圖15B說明具有包括影像1520之一部分之放大視圖的例示性使用者介面物件1530的使用者介面1500。使用者介面物件1530展示使用者觸摸顯示器之位置周圍的影像1520之環形部分的放大視圖。在圖15B中,使用者在對應於相片Q之表示之中心的位置處觸摸螢幕。基於與觸摸1505相關聯之所偵測接觸之位置,使用者介面物件1530展示相片Q之表示之中心周圍的影像1520之放大視圖。 FIG. 15B illustrates a user interface 1500 of an exemplary user interface object 1530 having an enlarged view including a portion of image 1520. The user interface object 1530 displays an enlarged view of the annular portion of the image 1520 around the location where the user touches the display. In FIG. 15B, the user touches the screen at a position corresponding to the center of the representation of the photo Q. Based on the location of the detected contact associated with touch 1505, user interface object 1530 displays an enlarged view of image 1520 around the center of the representation of photo Q.
在一些實施例中,使用者可能沿影像掃描以檢視影像之不同部分的放大視圖。在不釋放觸摸1505之情況下,使用者可拖曳(例如,滑動)觸摸至顯示器上的不同點。在圖15C中,觸摸1505之位置已自相片Q之表示之中心滑動(例如,平移)至相片N及相片S之表示之間的位置。當繼續偵測與觸摸1505相關聯之接觸時,器件600可偵測接觸沿觸敏式顯示器之平移。回應於偵測到接觸至新接觸點之平移,器件600可用經更新之接觸點周圍或鄰近處的影像之一部分之放大視圖替換相片Q周圍之複合影像之部分的放大視圖的顯示。圖15C展示使用者介面物件1530,其中回應於接觸正經平移用居中於相片N之表示與 相片S之表示之間的影像1520之放大視圖替換圖15B中之視圖。 In some embodiments, the user may scan along the image to view an enlarged view of different portions of the image. Without releasing the touch 1505, the user can drag (eg, slide) the touch to a different point on the display. In Figure 15C, the location of touch 1505 has been slid (e.g., translated) from the center of the representation of photo Q to the location between the representations of photo N and photo S. While continuing to detect contact associated with touch 1505, device 600 can detect the translation of the touch along the touch sensitive display. In response to detecting a translation to contact with the new contact point, device 600 may replace the display of the magnified view of the portion of the composite image around photo Q with an enlarged view of a portion of the image around or adjacent to the updated contact point. Figure 15C shows a user interface object 1530 in which the representation of the photo N is centered in response to the positive translation of the contact. An enlarged view of the image 1520 between the representations of the photo S replaces the view in FIG. 15B.
在圖15B及15C中所說明之實施例中,放大視圖顯示於接觸點上方。在一些實施例中,放大視圖顯示於絕對位置(例如顯示器之頂部中心)中或相對於接觸點之位置中。在一些實施例中,放大視圖之位置基於接觸點變化。舉例而言,若接觸接近於顯示器之右邊緣,則放大視圖可顯示至接觸點之左邊以使得其並不被顯示器之側面切斷。在一些實施例中,在接觸結束時移除放大視圖。 In the embodiment illustrated in Figures 15B and 15C, an enlarged view is shown above the contact point. In some embodiments, the magnified view is displayed in an absolute position (eg, the top center of the display) or in a position relative to the contact point. In some embodiments, the position of the magnified view is based on a change in contact point. For example, if the contact is close to the right edge of the display, the magnified view can be displayed to the left of the contact point such that it is not severed by the side of the display. In some embodiments, the magnified view is removed at the end of the contact.
在一些實施例中,回應於觸敏式顯示器上偵測到之使用者輸入,器件600顯示相片之表示之放大視圖(例如,預覽)。圖16A描繪使用者介面1600,該使用者介面包括複合影像1620之視圖1610。複合影像1620包括以矩形柵格配置之相片之表示。使用者在器件600之觸敏式顯示器上提供觸摸1605且保持觸摸一持續時間。器件600偵測與觸摸1605相關聯之接觸且判定接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值。器件600亦可判定影像1620中對應於接觸點之表示。 In some embodiments, in response to user input detected on the touch-sensitive display, device 600 displays an enlarged view (eg, preview) of the representation of the photo. FIG. 16A depicts a user interface 1600 that includes a view 1610 of a composite image 1620. Composite image 1620 includes representations of photos arranged in a rectangular grid. The user provides a touch 1605 on the touch sensitive display of device 600 and maintains the touch for a duration. Device 600 detects the contact associated with touch 1605 and determines if the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold. Device 600 can also determine a representation in image 1620 that corresponds to a contact point.
回應於判定接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值,器件600可顯示使用者介面物件,其展示影像1620中經判定為對應於接觸點之表示之放大視圖(例如,預覽)。圖16B說明展示包括定位於接觸點處之表示之放大視圖的使用者介面物件1630的例示性使用者介面。在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件1630包括對應於與藉由器件600判定之接觸點相關聯之表示的相片之預覽或影像。在所描繪之實例中,接觸點處於對應於相片Q之表示的位置處,且使用者介面物件1630展示相片Q之表示之僅放大視圖。 In response to determining that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, device 600 can display a user interface object that displays an enlarged view (eg, a preview) of image 1620 that is determined to correspond to the representation of the contact point. FIG. 16B illustrates an exemplary user interface showing a user interface item 1630 including an enlarged view of the representation positioned at the point of contact. In some embodiments, the user interface object 1630 includes a preview or image of a photo corresponding to the representation associated with the point of contact determined by the device 600. In the depicted example, the contact point is at a location corresponding to the representation of the photo Q, and the user interface object 1630 displays a magnified view of the representation of the photo Q.
在一些實施例中,使用者可能沿影像掃描以檢視不同表示之放大視圖。在不釋放觸摸1605之情況下,使用者可拖曳觸摸至顯示器上的不同點。在圖16C中,觸摸1605之位置已自相片Q之表示移動(例如,平移)至相片N之表示上的一位置。當繼續偵測與觸摸1605相關聯 之接觸時,器件600偵測接觸沿觸敏式顯示器之平移。回應於偵測到接觸至新接觸點之平移,器件600可用經更新之接觸點處之表示的放大視圖替換相片Q之表示之放大視圖的顯示。圖16C展示具有相片N之表示之放大視圖的使用者介面物件1640。 In some embodiments, the user may scan along the image to view an enlarged view of the different representations. Without releasing touch 1605, the user can drag and drop to touch different points on the display. In Figure 16C, the location of touch 1605 has been moved (e.g., translated) from the representation of photo Q to a location on the representation of photo N. Continue to detect associated with touch 1605 Upon contact, device 600 detects the translation of the contact along the touch sensitive display. In response to detecting a translation to contact with the new contact point, device 600 may replace the display of the magnified view of the representation of photo Q with an enlarged view of the representation at the updated contact point. Figure 16C shows a user interface item 1640 having an enlarged view of the representation of a photo N.
現請注意其中器件600之相片應用程式可基於所偵測接觸之強度調用不同回應的技術。圖17A描繪使用者介面1700,該使用者介面包括複合影像1720之視圖1710。複合影像1720包括以矩形柵格配置之相片之表示。使用者在器件600之觸敏式顯示器上於對應於相片S之表示1721處提供觸摸1705。器件600偵測與觸摸1705相關聯之接觸且判定接觸之強度(例如,特性強度)的量測。在一些實施例中,器件600基於接觸之強度提供不同回應。 Please note that the photo application of device 600 can invoke different response techniques based on the strength of the detected contact. FIG. 17A depicts a user interface 1700 that includes a view 1710 of a composite image 1720. Composite image 1720 includes representations of photos arranged in a rectangular grid. The user provides a touch 1705 on the touch sensitive display of device 600 at a representation 1721 corresponding to photo S. Device 600 detects the contact associated with touch 1705 and determines the magnitude of the intensity of the contact (eg, characteristic intensity). In some embodiments, device 600 provides different responses based on the strength of the contact.
如圖17A中所說明,若接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用包括相片S之顯示的使用者介面1730之顯示替換使用者介面1700之顯示。在一些實施例中,若接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用居中於接觸點處之表示1721上之複合影像1720的放大視圖(例如,圖14B中展示之視圖1421)替換視圖1710。在一些實施例中,若接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用具有相同標度但居中於接觸點處之表示1721上的複合影像1720之視圖替換視圖1710。 As illustrated in Figure 17A, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is below the threshold, device 600 replaces the display of user interface 1700 with the display of user interface 1730 including the display of photo S. In some embodiments, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is below a threshold, the device 600 replaces the view with an enlarged view (eg, view 1421 shown in FIG. 14B) of the composite image 1720 centered on the representation 1721 at the contact point. 1710. In some embodiments, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is below a threshold, device 600 replaces view 1710 with a view of composite image 1720 having the same scale but centered at representation 1721 at the point of contact.
在一些實施例中,若接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600保持使用者介面1700之顯示且新增表示一或多個可選選項之功能表的使用者介面物件之顯示。如(例如)圖17A中所示,器件600可顯示功能表物件1740,該功能表物件包括提示使用者決定是否分享藉由影像1720表示之相片集合的文字1742。亦即,回應於接觸之特性強度高於臨限強度的判定,器件600顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,其中使用者介面物件表示用以分享相片集合之選項。視情況,功能表物件1740可提示使用者決定是否分享對應於經選擇之表示 的相片(例如,相片S)。分享操作可包括經由電子郵件、文字訊息或類似者發送一或多個相片。分享亦可包括在社交媒體網站(例如,Facebook、Twitter等)上發佈一或多個相片及/或至一或多個相片之連結。 In some embodiments, if the characteristic strength of the contact is above a threshold, the device 600 maintains the display of the user interface 1700 and adds a display of the user interface object representing the menu of one or more selectable options. As shown, for example, in FIG. 17A, device 600 can display a menu item 1740 that includes text 1742 that prompts the user to decide whether to share a collection of photos represented by image 1720. That is, in response to the determination that the characteristic intensity of the contact is greater than the threshold intensity, the device 600 displays a user interface function table including at least one user interface object, wherein the user interface object represents an option to share the photo collection. Depending on the situation, the menu object 1740 can prompt the user to decide whether to share the corresponding representation. Photo (for example, photo S). Sharing operations may include sending one or more photos via email, text message, or the like. Sharing may also include posting one or more photos and/or links to one or more photos on a social media website (eg, Facebook, Twitter, etc.).
功能表物件1740亦包括表示選項「是」之可視線索1744及表示選項「否」之可視線索1746。可視線索1744之選擇指示使用者希望分享相片且可使器件600及/或成對的外部器件(例如,外部器件650)分享相片。可視線索1746之選擇指示使用者不希望分享相片,且可使器件600自使用者介面1700移除功能表物件1740之顯示。 The menu object 1740 also includes a visual cue 1744 indicating the option "Yes" and a visual cue 1746 indicating the option "No". The selection of visual cue 1744 indicates that the user wishes to share the photo and may cause device 600 and/or a pair of external devices (eg, external device 650) to share the photo. The selection of visual cue 1746 indicates that the user does not wish to share the photo and may cause device 600 to remove the display of menu object 1740 from user interface 1700.
在一些實施例中,若接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600顯示表示評論及/或表達關於相片或相片集合之意見之選項的一或多個使用者介面物件。圖17B說明器件600在顯示使用者介面1700時對觸敏式顯示器上之輸入的替代性例示性回應。如圖17B中所說明,若接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用如參考圖17A所描述之相片S之顯示替換使用者介面1700之顯示。 In some embodiments, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is above a threshold, the device 600 displays one or more user interface objects representing an option to comment and/or express an opinion regarding the photo or collection of photos. FIG. 17B illustrates an alternative exemplary response of device 600 to input on a touch-sensitive display while displaying user interface 1700. As illustrated in Figure 17B, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is below the threshold, device 600 replaces the display of user interface 1700 with the display of photo S as described with reference to Figure 17A.
若接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600保持使用者介面1700之顯示且新增使用者介面物件1750及1760之顯示。使用者介面物件1750表示表達關於影像1720中表示之相片集合的意見的選項。舉例而言,可視線索1750之選擇可代表使用者在社交媒體網站(例如,Facebook)上使器件600及/或成對的外部器件「喜歡」相片集合。使用者介面物件1760表示對影像1100中表示之相片集合之評論的選項。舉例而言,可視線索1760之選擇可使器件600顯示輸入評論之文字輸入框。 If the characteristic strength of the contact is above the threshold, the device 600 maintains the display of the user interface 1700 and adds display of the user interface objects 1750 and 1760. User interface object 1750 represents an option to express an opinion regarding a collection of photos represented in image 1720. For example, the selection of visual cue 1750 can represent a user's "like" photo collection of device 600 and/or paired external devices on a social media website (eg, Facebook). User interface object 1760 represents an option to comment on a collection of photos represented in image 1100. For example, the selection of visual cue 1760 may cause device 600 to display a text entry box for entering a comment.
在一些實施例中,若接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,該使用者介面物件表示在器件600之顯示器上顯示所選相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 如圖17C中所說明,若接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用如參考圖17A所描述之相片S之顯示替換使用者介面1700之顯示。若接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600保持使用者介面1700之顯示且新增使用者介面物件1770之顯示。使用者介面物件1700表示在器件600之顯示器上顯示對應於所選可視線索之相片(亦即,圖17C中之相片S)作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is above a threshold, the device 600 displays a user interface function table including a user interface object that indicates that the selected photo is displayed on the display of the device 600 as The option of the background of the user interface. As illustrated in Figure 17C, if the characteristic intensity of the contact is below the threshold, device 600 replaces the display of user interface 1700 with the display of photo S as described with reference to Figure 17A. If the characteristic strength of the contact is above the threshold, the device 600 maintains the display of the user interface 1700 and adds a display of the user interface object 1770. User interface object 1700 represents an option to display a photo corresponding to the selected visual cue (i.e., photo S in Figure 17C) as a background for the user interface on the display of device 600.
在一些實施例中,器件600為經組態以顯示表示時鐘面之使用者介面的可穿戴電子器件。時鐘面可包含作為背景之所選相片、指示當日時間之使用者介面物件及指示日期之另一使用者介面物件。在一些實施例中,指示日期之使用者介面物件的外觀與背景相片融合以建立日期之更細微或審美上吸引人的顯示。 In some embodiments, device 600 is a wearable electronic device configured to display a user interface representing a clock face. The clock face may include a selected photo as a background, a user interface object indicating the time of day, and another user interface object indicating the date. In some embodiments, the appearance of the user interface object indicating the date is merged with the background photo to create a more subtle or aesthetically appealing display of the date.
在一些實施例中,器件600對觸摸1705之回應取決於與觸摸相關聯之所偵測接觸相對於一個以上臨限值之經量測特性強度。在一些實施例中,若特性強度低於第一臨限值,則器件600以第一方式回應;若特性強度高於第一臨限值且低於第二臨限值,則器件600以第二方式回應;且若特性強度高於第二臨限值,則器件600以第三方式回應。舉例而言,若特性強度低於第一臨限值,則器件600用包括相片S之顯示的使用者介面1730(例如,圖17A中之使用者介面1730)之顯示替換使用者介面1700之顯示;若特性強度高於第一臨限值且低於第二臨限值,則器件600顯示表示用以分享相片集合之選項的使用者介面物件(例如,圖17A中之使用者介面物件1740);且若特性強度高於第二臨限值,則器件600顯示使用者介面物件(例如,圖17C中之使用者介面物件1770),其表示在器件600之顯示器上顯示對應於所選可視線索之相片(亦即,相片S)作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 In some embodiments, the response of device 600 to touch 1705 is dependent on the measured characteristic strength of the detected contact associated with the touch relative to more than one threshold. In some embodiments, if the characteristic strength is below the first threshold, the device 600 responds in a first manner; if the characteristic strength is above the first threshold and below the second threshold, the device 600 The second mode responds; and if the characteristic strength is above the second threshold, the device 600 responds in a third manner. For example, if the characteristic intensity is lower than the first threshold, the device 600 replaces the display of the user interface 1700 with a display of the user interface 1730 (eg, the user interface 1730 in FIG. 17A) including the display of the photo S. If the characteristic strength is above the first threshold and below the second threshold, the device 600 displays a user interface object indicating an option to share the photo collection (eg, the user interface object 1740 in FIG. 17A). And if the characteristic strength is above the second threshold, device 600 displays a user interface object (eg, user interface object 1770 in FIG. 17C) indicating that the display is corresponding to the selected visual cue on the display of device 600. The photo (ie, photo S) serves as an option for the background of the user interface.
在一些實施例中,器件600判定顯示相片(例如,使用者介面710、1110或1730)時接觸之特性強度的量測且基於該強度提供不同回 應。 In some embodiments, device 600 determines a measure of the intensity of the contact when displaying a photo (eg, user interface 710, 1110, or 1730) and provides a different back based on the intensity. should.
圖18A說明當顯示使用者介面1800時器件600對觸敏式顯示器上之觸摸1805的例示性回應。使用者介面1800包括相片S之顯示。器件600偵測與觸摸1805相關聯之接觸。如圖18A中所指示,若器件600判定所偵測接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600繼續顯示包括相片S之使用者介面1800。在一些實施例中,器件600用不同相片(例如,相同集合中之相片T)之顯示替換相片S之顯示。若器件600判定接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600可新增使用者介面物件1810之顯示至使用者介面1800,從而提示使用者決定是否分享相片S。使用者介面物件1810可類似於上文參考圖17A所描述的使用者介面物件1740。 FIG. 18A illustrates an exemplary response of device 600 to touch 1805 on a touch-sensitive display when user interface 1800 is displayed. User interface 1800 includes a display of photo S. Device 600 detects the contact associated with touch 1805. As indicated in FIG. 18A, if device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the detected contact is below a threshold, device 600 continues to display user interface 1800 including photo S. In some embodiments, device 600 replaces the display of photo S with a display of different photos (eg, photo T in the same collection). If device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is above a threshold, device 600 may add a display of user interface object 1810 to user interface 1800 to prompt the user to decide whether to share photo S. User interface item 1810 can be similar to user interface item 1740 described above with respect to FIG. 17A.
圖18B說明當顯示使用者介面1800時器件600對觸敏式顯示器上之觸摸1805的另一例示性回應。如圖18B中所說明,若器件600判定接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600繼續顯示相片S。在一些實施例中,器件600用不同相片之顯示替換相片S之顯示。若器件600判定接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600可新增使用者介面物件1820及1830之顯示至表示評論及/或表達關於相片S之意見的選項的使用者介面1800。使用者介面物件1820及1830可類似於上文參考圖17B描述的使用者介面物件1750及1760。 FIG. 18B illustrates another exemplary response of device 600 to touch 1805 on a touch-sensitive display when user interface 1800 is displayed. As illustrated in Figure 18B, if device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is below a threshold, device 600 continues to display photo S. In some embodiments, device 600 replaces the display of photo S with the display of different photos. If the device 600 determines that the characteristic strength of the contact is above the threshold, the device 600 may add a display of the user interface objects 1820 and 1830 to the user interface 1800 representing the option to comment and/or express an opinion regarding the photo S. User interface items 1820 and 1830 can be similar to user interface items 1750 and 1760 described above with respect to FIG. 17B.
圖18C說明當顯示使用者介面1800時器件600對觸敏式顯示器上之觸摸1805的另一例示性回應。如圖18C中所說明,若器件600判定接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600繼續顯示相片S。在一些實施例中,器件600用不同相片之顯示替換相片S之顯示。若器件600判定接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600可新增使用者介面物件1840之顯示至使用者介面1800以提供設定相片S作為器件600之使用者介面之背景的選項。使用者介面物件可類似於上文參考圖17C所描述的使用者介面物件1770。 FIG. 18C illustrates another exemplary response of device 600 to touch 1805 on a touch-sensitive display when user interface 1800 is displayed. As illustrated in Figure 18C, if device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is below a threshold, device 600 continues to display photo S. In some embodiments, device 600 replaces the display of photo S with the display of different photos. If device 600 determines that the characteristic strength of the contact is above a threshold, device 600 may add a display of user interface object 1840 to user interface 1800 to provide an option to set photo S as the background of the user interface of device 600. The user interface item can be similar to the user interface item 1770 described above with reference to Figure 17C.
在一些實施例中,器件600對觸摸1805之回應取決於接觸相對於一個以上臨限值之經量測特性強度。在一些實施例中,若特性強度低於第一臨限值,則器件600以第一方式回應;若特性強度高於第一臨限值且低於第二臨限值,則器件600以第二方式回應;且若特性強度高於第二臨限值,則器件600以第三方式回應。舉例而言,若特性強度低於第一臨限值,則器件600顯示不同相片;若特性強度高於第一臨限值且低於第二臨限值,則器件600顯示表示用以分享相片(例如,圖18A中之1810)之選項的使用者介面物件;且若特性強度高於第二臨限值,則器件600顯示表示在器件600之顯示器上顯示相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項的使用者介面物件(例如,圖18C中之1840)。 In some embodiments, the response of device 600 to touch 1805 is dependent on the measured characteristic strength of the contact relative to more than one threshold. In some embodiments, if the characteristic strength is below the first threshold, the device 600 responds in a first manner; if the characteristic strength is above the first threshold and below the second threshold, the device 600 The second mode responds; and if the characteristic strength is above the second threshold, the device 600 responds in a third manner. For example, if the characteristic intensity is lower than the first threshold, the device 600 displays a different photo; if the characteristic intensity is higher than the first threshold and lower than the second threshold, the device 600 displays a representation to share the photo. User interface object of the option (e.g., 1810 in Figure 18A); and if the characteristic strength is above the second threshold, device 600 displays an option to display the photo as a background for the user interface on the display of device 600. User interface object (e.g., 1840 in Figure 18C).
在一些實施例中,器件600判定顯示覆蓋影像時接觸之特性強度之量測且基於該強度提供不同回應。圖19說明當顯示相簿之覆蓋影像1900時器件600對觸敏式顯示器上之觸摸1905的例示性回應。覆蓋影像1900指示標記為相簿3之相片集合。器件600偵測與觸摸1905相關聯之接觸。如圖19中所指示,若器件600判定接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用顯示來自藉由覆蓋影像指示之相簿之相片的使用者介面替換覆蓋影像1900。在圖18中,器件600顯示相片3A,該相片可為相簿3中之第一相片。若器件600判定接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600用指示不同相片集合之覆蓋影像的顯示替換覆蓋影像1900。在所描繪之實例中,器件600用指示標記為相簿4之集合的覆蓋影像1920之顯示替換覆蓋影像1900。在一些實施例中,器件600回應於當顯示覆蓋影像1900時觸敏式顯示器上之滑移示意動作(例如,自右至左)用指示不同相片集合之覆蓋影像的顯示替換覆蓋影像1900。 In some embodiments, device 600 determines a measure of the intensity of the characteristic of the contact when the image is overlaid and provides a different response based on the intensity. 19 illustrates an exemplary response of device 600 to touch 1905 on a touch-sensitive display when overlay image 1900 of the album is displayed. The overlay image 1900 indicates a collection of photos labeled as album 3. Device 600 detects the contact associated with touch 1905. As indicated in FIG. 19, if device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is below a threshold, device 600 replaces overlay image 1900 with a user interface that displays a photo from the album that covers the image. In FIG. 18, device 600 displays photo 3A, which may be the first photo in album 3. If device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is above a threshold, device 600 replaces overlay image 1900 with a display indicating the overlay image of the different photo collection. In the depicted example, device 600 replaces overlay image 1900 with a display that indicates an overlay image 1920 labeled as a collection of albums 4. In some embodiments, device 600 replaces overlay image 1900 with a display that indicates an overlay image of a different collection of photos in response to a slip gesture on the touch-sensitive display when displaying overlay image 1900 (eg, from right to left).
在一些實施例中,器件600判定顯示複合影像時接觸之特性強度之量測且基於該強度提供不同回應。圖20說明當顯示包括複合影像2020之視圖2010的使用者介面2000時器件600對觸敏式顯示器上之觸 摸2005的例示性回應。複合影像2020可包括第一相片集合中之相片的表示。器件600偵測與觸摸2005相關聯之接觸。如圖20中所說明,若器件600判定接觸之特性強度低於臨限值,則器件600用來自集合之藉由所顯示複合影像(例如,影像2020)表示的相片的顯示替換使用者介面2000(包括複合影像2020)之顯示。在圖20中,器件600顯示相片1A,該相片可為對應集合中之第一相片。若器件600判定接觸之特性強度高於臨限值,則器件600用包括對應於不同相片集合之複合影像的使用者介面之顯示替換使用者介面2000之顯示。在圖20中所說明的實例中,器件600用對應於第二集合之複合影像2060之顯示替換複合影像2020。在一些實施例中,器件600回應於當顯示第一複合影像時觸敏式顯示器上之滑移示意動作(例如,自右至左)用與另一相片集合相關聯之第二複合影像之顯示替換與相片集合相關聯之第一複合影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, device 600 determines a measure of the intensity of the characteristic of the contact when displaying the composite image and provides a different response based on the intensity. 20 illustrates the touch of device 600 on a touch-sensitive display when displaying user interface 2000 including view 2010 of composite image 2020 Touch the exemplary response of 2005. The composite image 2020 can include a representation of the photo in the first collection of photos. Device 600 detects the contact associated with touch 2005. As illustrated in FIG. 20, if device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is below a threshold, device 600 replaces user interface 2000 with a display of the photo represented by the displayed composite image (eg, image 2020). Display of (including composite image 2020). In Figure 20, device 600 displays photo 1A, which may be the first photo in the corresponding collection. If device 600 determines that the characteristic intensity of the contact is above a threshold, device 600 replaces the display of user interface 2000 with a display of the user interface that includes the composite image corresponding to the different photo collections. In the example illustrated in FIG. 20, device 600 replaces composite image 2020 with a display corresponding to the second set of composite images 2060. In some embodiments, device 600 is responsive to a sliding gesture on the touch-sensitive display (eg, from right to left) in response to the display of the second composite image associated with another collection of photos when the first composite image is displayed. The display of the first composite image associated with the collection of photos is replaced.
現將注意力引向用於指示複數個使用者介面中之一使用者介面之位置的技術。圖21A展示包括對應於不同相片集合之可視線索垂直清單的例示性使用者介面2100。使用者介面2100亦包括指示複數個使用者介面中之使用者介面2100之位置的可視線索2102及2104。可視線索2012及2104可在顯示對應使用者介面時使視覺外觀擴大、變暗或以其他方式改變。在藉由使用者介面2100說明之例示性實施中,可視線索2102及2104為分頁點。點之數目可指示複數個使用者介面中之使用者介面之數目。在使用者介面2100上,可視線索2102經突出顯示以指示使用者介面2100為兩個使用者介面中之第一個,該等使用者介面係按自左至右之次序。 Attention is now directed to techniques for indicating the location of one of a plurality of user interfaces. 21A shows an illustrative user interface 2100 that includes a vertical list of visual cues corresponding to different sets of photos. User interface 2100 also includes visual cues 2102 and 2104 that indicate the location of user interface 2100 in a plurality of user interfaces. Visual cues 2012 and 2104 can expand, darken, or otherwise change the visual appearance when displaying the corresponding user interface. In the exemplary implementation illustrated by user interface 2100, visual cues 2102 and 2104 are paged points. The number of points may indicate the number of user interfaces in a plurality of user interfaces. On the user interface 2100, the visual cue 2102 is highlighted to indicate that the user interface 2100 is the first of the two user interfaces, the user interfaces being in order from left to right.
圖21B展示包括所顯示相片之例示性使用者介面2120。在一些實施例中,使用者介面2120上顯示之相片包括藉由使用者指定之相片(例如,「我的最愛」)及/或來自相片串流之相片。相片可使用用於在 器件600上檢視之外部器件經指定或新增至相片串流。使用者介面2120亦包括指示使用者介面2120相對於使用者介面2100之位置的可視線索2102及2104。在使用者介面2120上,可視線索2104經突出顯示以指示使用者介面2120為圖21A至圖21B中所描繪之兩個使用者介面中之第二個。 FIG. 21B shows an exemplary user interface 2120 that includes the displayed photo. In some embodiments, the photo displayed on the user interface 2120 includes a photo specified by the user (eg, "My Favorites") and/or a photo from the photo stream. Photos can be used to The external device viewed on device 600 is assigned or added to the photo stream. The user interface 2120 also includes visual cues 2102 and 2104 that indicate the location of the user interface 2120 relative to the user interface 2100. On the user interface 2120, the visual cues 2104 are highlighted to indicate that the user interface 2120 is the second of the two user interfaces depicted in Figures 21A-21B.
器件600可回應於與觸敏式顯示器之使用者互動而用使用者介面2120之顯示替換使用者介面2100之顯示。如藉由圖21A至圖21B所指示,使用者可用藉由滑移2105指示之滑移示意動作將顯示自使用者介面2100切換至使用者介面2120。 The device 600 can replace the display of the user interface 2100 with the display of the user interface 2120 in response to interaction with the user of the touch sensitive display. As indicated by FIGS. 21A-21B, the user can switch the display from user interface 2100 to user interface 2120 by a slip gesture indicated by slip 2105.
圖21C展示可回應於使用者介面2100上之滑移2105顯示於器件600之顯示器上的另一例示性使用者介面2130。代替如在使用者介面2120中般顯示相片,使用者介面2130包括對應於可用於顯示之相片串流的可視線索清單。此外,可視線索2104經突出顯示以指示使用者介面2130為兩個可用的使用者介面中之第二個。 21C shows another exemplary user interface 2130 that can be displayed on the display of device 600 in response to slip 2105 on user interface 2100. Instead of displaying the photo as in user interface 2120, user interface 2130 includes a list of visual cues corresponding to the stream of photos available for display. In addition, visual cue 2104 is highlighted to indicate that user interface 2130 is the second of two available user interfaces.
圖21C亦描繪與相片串流(串流3)相關聯之可視線索上之輕觸2135。圖21D展示使用者介面2140,可回應於輕觸2135來顯示該使用者介面。使用者介面2140包括串流3中所包括之相片的顯示。亦即,回應於對應於相片串流(例如,串流3)之可視線索之選擇,器件600可用使用者介面2140之顯示替換使用者介面2130之顯示。 Figure 21C also depicts a tap 2135 on the visual cue associated with the photo stream (stream 3). 21D shows a user interface 2140 that can be displayed in response to tap 2135. User interface 2140 includes a display of photos included in stream 3. That is, in response to selection of a visual cue corresponding to a photo stream (eg, stream 3), device 600 may replace the display of user interface 2130 with the display of user interface 2140.
圖22為說明根據一些實施例之用於使用電子器件存取、導覽及顯示相片之方法2200的流程圖。方法2200在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之器件(例如,器件100、300、500)處執行。方法2200中之一些操作可組合,一些操作之次序可改變,且一些操作可以忽略。 22 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 2200 for accessing, navigating, and displaying a photo using an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2200 is performed at a device (eg, device 100, 300, 500) having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism. Some of the operations in method 2200 can be combined, the order of some operations can be changed, and some operations can be ignored.
如下所述,方法2200提供存取及檢視相片集合之直觀方式,允許使用者快速且容易地在縮小尺寸之使用者介面上定位所要相片。方法在瀏覽相片集合時減小對使用者的認知負擔,藉此產生更高效之人 機介面。對於電池供電計算器件而言,使得使用者能夠更快且更有效地檢視相片節省電力且增加電池充電之間的時間。 As described below, the method 2200 provides an intuitive way to access and view a collection of photos, allowing the user to quickly and easily locate the desired photo on the reduced size user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on the user while browsing the photo collection, thereby generating a more efficient person Machine interface. For battery powered computing devices, enabling users to view photos faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
在區塊2202處,電子器件經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件(例如,外部器件650)上之相片集合的資料。在區塊2204處,電子器件在觸敏式顯示器(例如,觸敏式顯示器112、340、504)上顯示包括使用者介面物件(例如,使用者介面物件620、1011至1014、1021至1024、1120)之使用者介面(例如,使用者介面610、1010、1020),該使用者介面物件表示相片集合。在區塊2206處,電子器件偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動(例如,使用者互動700、1005、1100)。在區塊2208處,回應於偵測到與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動,電子器件用影像(例如,影像1150、1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720、2020)之第一視圖(例如,視圖1140、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710、2010)之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示。影像可包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示(例如,表示1151、1221、1421)及包括該相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示。第一表示及第二表示可在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示。在區塊2210處,電子器件偵測可旋轉輸入機構(例如,可旋轉輸入機構506、602)之第一移動(例如,移動1315)。在區塊2212處,回應於偵測到可旋轉輸入機構之第一移動,電子器件將影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變為影像(例如,影像1340)之第二視圖之顯示。在第二視圖中,以不同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示。 At block 2202, the electronic device receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device (eg, external device 650) via wireless communication. At block 2204, the electronic device displays on the touch-sensitive display (eg, touch-sensitive display 112, 340, 504) includes user interface items (eg, user interface items 620, 1011 through 1014, 1021 through 1024, 1120) a user interface (eg, user interface 610, 1010, 1020) that represents a collection of photos. At block 2206, the electronic device detects a first user interaction with the displayed user interface object (eg, user interactions 700, 1005, 1100). At block 2208, in response to detecting the first user interaction with the displayed user interface object, the electronic device image (eg, images 1150, 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1620, 1720, 2020) The display of the first view (eg, views 1140, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710, 2010) replaces the display of the user interface. The image may include a first representation (eg, representations 1151, 1221, 1421) including a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation including a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos. The first representation and the second representation are configurable in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size. At block 2210, the electronic device detects a first movement (eg, movement 1315) of the rotatable input mechanism (eg, rotatable input mechanism 506, 602). At block 2212, in response to detecting the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism, the electronic device converts the display of the first view of the image into a display of the second view of the image (eg, image 1340). In the second view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size different from the first size.
應注意,上文關於方法2200(例如,圖22)所描述之處理程序的細節亦可以類似方式適用於以下描述之方法。舉例而言,方法2300至2600可包括上文參考方法2200所描述之各種方法之特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,上文參考方法2200所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之 視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件視情況具有本文(例如,方法2300至2600)所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件之特徵中之一或多者。為簡潔起見,下文不重複此等細節。 It should be noted that the details of the processing procedures described above with respect to method 2200 (e.g., FIG. 22) may also be applied in a similar manner to the methods described below. For example, methods 2300 through 2600 can include one or more of the features of the various methods described above with reference to method 2200. For example, the user interface object, image, described above with reference to method 2200 Views, visual representations, and other user interface components optionally have one or more of the features of the user interface object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface elements described herein (eg, methods 2300 through 2600). . For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated below.
圖23為說明根據一些實施例之用於使用電子器件存取、導覽及顯示相片之方法2300的流程圖。方法2300在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之器件(例如,器件100、300、500)處執行。方法2300中之一些操作可組合,一些操作之次序可改變,且一些操作可以忽略。 23 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 2300 for accessing, navigating, and displaying a photo using an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2300 is performed at a device (eg, device 100, 300, 500) having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism. Some of the operations of method 2300 can be combined, the order of some operations can be changed, and some operations can be ignored.
如下所述,方法2300提供存取及檢視相片集合之直觀方式,允許使用者快速且容易地在縮小尺寸之使用者介面上定位所要相片。方法在瀏覽相片集合時減小對使用者的認知負擔,藉此產生更高效之人機介面。對於電池供電計算器件而言,使得使用者能夠更快且更有效地檢視相片節省電力且增加電池充電之間的時間。 As described below, the method 2300 provides an intuitive way to access and view a collection of photos, allowing the user to quickly and easily locate the desired photo on the reduced size user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on the user while browsing the photo collection, thereby generating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery powered computing devices, enabling users to view photos faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
在區塊2302處,電子器件經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件(例如,外部器件650)上之相片集合的資料。在區塊2304處,電子器件在觸敏式顯示器(例如,觸敏式顯示器112、340、504)上顯示包括使用者介面物件(例如,使用者介面物件620、1011至1014、1021至1024、1120)之使用者介面(例如,使用者介面610、1010、1020),該使用者介面物件表示相片集合。在區塊2306處,電子器件偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動(例如,使用者互動700、1005、1100)。在區塊2308處,回應於偵測到與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動,電子器件用影像(例如,影像1150、1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720、2020)之第一視圖(例如,視圖1140、1210、1310、1410、1510、1610、1710、2010)之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示(例如,表示1151、1221、1421)及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺 表示的第二表示。第一表示及第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示。在區塊2310處,電子器件偵測當顯示第一視圖時觸敏式顯示器上之接觸(例如,接觸1405)。在區塊2312處,電子器件判定接觸是否表示第一表示(例如,表示1421)之選擇。在區塊2314處,回應於接觸表示第一表示之選擇的判定,電子器件將影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變為影像之第二視圖(例如,視圖1440)之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示,且第一表示在影像之第二視圖之中心處顯示。 At block 2302, the electronic device receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device (eg, external device 650) via wireless communication. At block 2304, the electronic device displays on the touch-sensitive display (eg, touch-sensitive display 112, 340, 504) includes user interface items (eg, user interface items 620, 1011 through 1014, 1021 through 1024, 1120) a user interface (eg, user interface 610, 1010, 1020) that represents a collection of photos. At block 2306, the electronic device detects user interaction with the displayed user interface object (eg, user interactions 700, 1005, 1100). At block 2308, in response to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object, the first image of the electronic device (eg, images 1150, 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1620, 1720, 2020) The display of the view (eg, views 1140, 1210, 1310, 1410, 1510, 1610, 1710, 2010) replaces the display of the user interface, the image including a first representation including a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos (eg, , representing 1151, 1221, 1421) and including the second photo in the photo collection The second representation of the representation. The first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image, and in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size. At block 2310, the electronic device detects a contact (eg, contact 1405) on the touch-sensitive display when the first view is displayed. At block 2312, the electronic device determines if the contact represents a selection of the first representation (eg, representation 1421). At block 2314, in response to the determination that the contact indicates the selection of the first representation, the electronic device converts the display of the first view of the image to the display of the second view of the image (eg, view 1440), wherein, in the second view The first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and the first representation is displayed at the center of the second view of the image.
應注意,上文關於方法2300(例如,圖23)所描述之處理程序的細節亦可以類似方式適用於以下描述之方法。舉例而言,方法2200及方法2400至2600可包括上文參考方法2300所描述之各種方法之特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,上文參考方法2300所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件視情況具有本文(例如,方法2200及方法2400至2600)所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件之特徵中之一或多者。為簡潔起見,下文不重複此等細節。 It should be noted that the details of the processing procedures described above with respect to method 2300 (e.g., Figure 23) may also be applied in a similar manner to the methods described below. For example, method 2200 and methods 2400 through 2600 can include one or more of the features of the various methods described above with reference to method 2300. For example, the user interface object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface components described above with respect to method 2300 have user interfaces as described herein (eg, method 2200 and methods 2400 through 2600) as appropriate. One or more of the features of the object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface elements. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated below.
圖24為說明根據一些實施例之用於使用電子器件存取、導覽及顯示相片之方法2400的流程圖。方法2400在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之器件(例如,器件100、300、500)處執行。方法2400中之一些操作可組合,一些操作之次序可改變,且一些操作可以忽略。 24 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 2400 for accessing, navigating, and displaying a photo using an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2400 is performed at a device (eg, device 100, 300, 500) having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism. Some of the operations in method 2400 can be combined, the order of some operations can be changed, and some operations can be ignored.
如下所述,方法2400提供存取及檢視相片集合之直觀方式,允許使用者快速且容易地在縮小尺寸之使用者介面上定位所要相片。方法在瀏覽相片集合時減小對使用者的認知負擔,藉此產生更高效之人機介面。對於電池供電之計算器件而言,使得使用者能夠更快且更有效地檢視相片節省電力且增加電池充電之間的時間。 As described below, the method 2400 provides an intuitive way to access and view a collection of photos, allowing the user to quickly and easily locate the desired photo on the reduced size user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on the user while browsing the photo collection, thereby generating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery powered computing devices, enabling users to view photos faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
在區塊2402處,電子器件經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件(例如,外部器件650)上之相片集合的資料。在區塊2404處,電子器件在觸敏式顯示器(例如,觸敏式顯示器112、340、504)上顯示包括使用者介面物件(例如,使用者介面物件620、1011至1014、1021至1024、1120)之使用者介面(例如,使用者介面610、1010、1020),該使用者介面物件表示相片集合。在區塊2406處,電子器件偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動(例如,使用者互動700、1005、1100)。在區塊2408處,回應於偵測到與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動,電子器件用一影像(例如,影像1150、1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720、2020)替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示(例如,表示1151、1221、1421)及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中第一表示及第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中。在區塊2410處,電子器件偵測觸敏式顯示器上之接觸(例如,接觸1505)之第一接觸點,其中第一接觸點對應於影像上之第一位置。在區塊2412處,電子器件判定接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值。在區塊2414處,回應接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值的判定,電子器件顯示第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分的放大視圖(例如,視圖1530)。 At block 2402, the electronic device receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device (eg, external device 650) via wireless communication. At block 2404, the electronic device displays on the touch-sensitive display (eg, touch-sensitive display 112, 340, 504) includes user interface items (eg, user interface items 620, 1011 through 1014, 1021 through 1024, 1120) a user interface (eg, user interface 610, 1010, 1020) that represents a collection of photos. At block 2406, the electronic device detects user interaction with the displayed user interface object (eg, user interactions 700, 1005, 1100). At block 2408, in response to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object, the electronic device is replaced with an image (eg, images 1150, 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1620, 1720, 2020). The display of the interface includes a first representation (eg, representations 1151, 1221, 1421) including a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation including a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, The first representation and the second representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the image. At block 2410, the electronic device detects a first contact point of a contact (eg, contact 1505) on the touch-sensitive display, wherein the first contact point corresponds to a first location on the image. At block 2412, the electronic device determines if the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold. At block 2414, in response to the determination that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, the electronic device displays an enlarged view (eg, view 1530) of a portion of the image around or adjacent the first location.
應注意,上文關於方法2400(例如,圖24)所描述之處理程序的細節亦可以類似方式適用於以下描述之方法。舉例而言,方法2200、方法2300及方法2400至2600可包括上文參考方法2400所描述之各種方法之特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,上文參考方法2400所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件視情況具有本文(例如,方法2200、方法2300及方法2500至2600)所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件之特徵中 之一或多者。為簡潔起見,下文不重複此等細節。 It should be noted that the details of the processing procedures described above with respect to method 2400 (e.g., Figure 24) may also be applied in a similar manner to the methods described below. For example, method 2200, method 2300, and methods 2400 through 2600 can include one or more of the features of the various methods described above with reference to method 2400. For example, the user interface object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface elements described above with respect to method 2400 are as described herein (eg, method 2200, method 2300, and methods 2500 through 2600). Among the features of user interface objects, image views, visual representations, and other user interface components One or more. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated below.
圖25為說明根據一些實施例之用於使用電子器件存取、導覽及顯示相片之方法2500的流程圖。方法2500在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之器件(例如,器件100、300、500)處執行。方法2500中之一些操作可組合,一些操作之次序可改變,且一些操作可以忽略。 25 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 2500 for accessing, navigating, and displaying a photo using an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2500 is performed at a device (eg, device 100, 300, 500) having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism. Some of the operations of method 2500 can be combined, the order of some operations can be changed, and some operations can be ignored.
如下所述,方法2500提供存取及檢視相片集合之直觀方式,允許使用者快速且容易地在縮小尺寸之使用者介面上定位所要相片。方法在瀏覽相片集合時減小對使用者的認知負擔,藉此產生更高效之人機介面。對於電池供電之計算器件而言,使得使用者能夠更快且更有效地檢視相片節省電力且增加電池充電之間的時間。 As described below, method 2500 provides an intuitive way to access and view a collection of photos, allowing the user to quickly and easily locate the desired photo on the reduced size user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on the user while browsing the photo collection, thereby generating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery powered computing devices, enabling users to view photos faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
在區塊2502處,電子器件經由無線通信接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合之資料,其中第一集合及第二集合儲存於外部器件(例如,外部器件650)上。在區塊2504處,電子器件在觸敏式顯示器(例如,觸敏式顯示器112、340、504)上顯示包括表示第一集合之使用者介面物件(例如,使用者介面物件620、1011至1014、1021至1024、1120)之使用者介面(例如,使用者介面610、1010、1020)。在區塊2506處,電子器件偵測與使用者介面物件之使用者互動(例如,使用者互動700、1005、1100)。在區塊2508處,回應於偵測到與使用者介面物件之使用者互動,電子器件用表示第一相片集合之第一影像(例如,影像1120、1150、1220、1320、1420、1520、1620、1720、1900、2020)之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示。在區塊2510處,電子器件偵測當顯示第一影像時觸敏式顯示器上之接觸。在區塊2512處,電子器件判定接觸是否具有高於臨限強度之特性強度。在區塊2514處,回應於特性強度高於臨限強度的判定,電子器件用表示第二相片集合之第二影像(例如,影像1920、2060)之顯示替換第一影像之顯示。 At block 2502, the electronic device receives data representative of the first photo collection and the second photo collection via wireless communication, wherein the first set and the second set are stored on an external device (eg, external device 650). At block 2504, the electronic device displays on the touch-sensitive display (eg, touch-sensitive display 112, 340, 504) a user interface object that includes the first set (eg, user interface objects 620, 1011 through 1014) User interfaces of 1021 to 1024, 1120) (eg, user interfaces 610, 1010, 1020). At block 2506, the electronic device detects user interaction with the user interface object (eg, user interactions 700, 1005, 1100). At block 2508, in response to detecting user interaction with the user interface object, the electronic device uses the first image representing the first photo collection (eg, images 1120, 1150, 1220, 1320, 1420, 1520, 1620) , display of 1720, 1900, 2020) replaces the display of the user interface. At block 2510, the electronic device detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display when the first image is displayed. At block 2512, the electronic device determines if the contact has a characteristic strength above the threshold strength. At block 2514, in response to the determination that the characteristic intensity is above the threshold intensity, the electronic device replaces the display of the first image with a display of the second image (eg, images 1920, 2060) representing the second collection of photos.
應注意,上文關於方法2500(例如,圖25)所描述之處理程序的細 節亦可以類似方式適用於以下描述之方法。舉例而言,方法2200至2400及方法2600可包括上文參考方法2500所描述之各種方法之特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,上文參考方法2500所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件視情況具有本文(例如,方法2200至2400及方法2600)所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件之特徵中之一或多者。為簡潔起見,下文不重複此等細節。 It should be noted that the details of the processing procedures described above with respect to method 2500 (eg, Figure 25) Sections can also be applied in a similar manner to the methods described below. For example, methods 2200 through 2400 and method 2600 can include one or more of the features of the various methods described above with reference to method 2500. For example, the user interface object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface components described above with respect to method 2500 have user interfaces as described herein (eg, methods 2200 through 2400 and method 2600) as appropriate. One or more of the features of the object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface elements. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated below.
圖26為說明根據一些實施例之用於使用電子器件存取、導覽及顯示相片之方法2600的流程圖。方法2600在具有觸敏式顯示器及可旋轉輸入機構之器件(例如,器件100、300、500)處執行。方法2600中之一些操作可組合,一些操作之次序可改變,且一些操作可以忽略。 26 is a flow diagram illustrating a method 2600 for accessing, navigating, and displaying a photo using an electronic device, in accordance with some embodiments. Method 2600 is performed at a device (eg, device 100, 300, 500) having a touch sensitive display and a rotatable input mechanism. Some of the operations of method 2600 can be combined, the order of some operations can be changed, and some operations can be ignored.
如下所述,方法2600提供存取及檢視相片集合之直觀方式,允許使用者快速且容易地在縮小尺寸之使用者介面上定位所要相片。方法在瀏覽相片集合時減小對使用者的認知負擔,藉此產生更高效之人機介面。對於電池供電之計算器件而言,使得使用者能夠更快且更有效地檢視相片節省電力且增加電池充電之間的時間。 As described below, method 2600 provides an intuitive way to access and view a collection of photos, allowing the user to quickly and easily locate the desired photo on the reduced size user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on the user while browsing the photo collection, thereby generating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery powered computing devices, enabling users to view photos faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
在區塊2602處,電子器件經由無線通信接收表示儲存於外部器件(例如,外部器件650)上之相片集合的資料。在區塊2604處,電子器件在觸敏式顯示器(例如,觸敏式顯示器112、340、504)上顯示該集合中之相片中之至少一者。在區塊2606處,電子器件在至少一所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處偵測觸敏式顯示器上的接觸。在區塊2608處,電子器件判定接觸是否具有高於臨限強度之特性強度。在區塊2610處,回應於特性強度高於臨限強度的判定,電子器件顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表(例如,使用者介面功能表1810、1840),其中使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 At block 2602, the electronic device receives data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device (eg, external device 650) via wireless communication. At block 2604, the electronic device displays at least one of the photos in the collection on a touch-sensitive display (eg, touch-sensitive display 112, 340, 504). At block 2606, the electronic device detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display at the location of the first photo of the at least one displayed photo. At block 2608, the electronic device determines if the contact has a characteristic strength above the threshold strength. At block 2610, in response to the determination that the characteristic strength is greater than the threshold strength, the electronic device displays a user interface function table including at least one user interface object (eg, user interface function table 1810, 1840), wherein the user The interface object represents an option to share the first photo or display the first photo on the display of the electronic device as the background of the user interface.
處理程序2600提供存取選項功能表同時檢視縮小尺寸之使用者介面上之相片的直觀方式,允許使用者快速且容易地分享相片或設定該相片作為器件上之背景。方法在選擇與相片相關聯之選項時減小對使用者的認知負擔,藉此產生更高效之人機介面。對於電池供電之計算器件而言,使得使用者能夠更快且更有效地檢視相片節省電力且增加電池充電之間的時間。 The handler 2600 provides an intuitive way to view the reduced size user interface while viewing the option menu, allowing the user to quickly and easily share the photo or set the photo as the background on the device. The method reduces the cognitive burden on the user when selecting options associated with the photo, thereby creating a more efficient human interface. For battery powered computing devices, enabling users to view photos faster and more efficiently saves power and increases the time between battery charges.
應注意,上文關於方法2600(例如,圖26)所描述之處理程序的細節亦可以類似方式適用於以下描述之方法。舉例而言,方法2200至2500可包括上文參考方法2600所描述之各種方法之特徵中之一或多者。舉例而言,上文參考方法2600所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件視情況具有本文(例如,方法2200至2500)所描述之使用者介面物件、影像之視圖、視覺表示及其他使用者介面元件之特徵中之一或多者。為簡潔起見,下文不重複此等細節。 It should be noted that the details of the processing procedures described above with respect to method 2600 (e.g., FIG. 26) may also be applied in a similar manner to the methods described below. For example, methods 2200 through 2500 can include one or more of the features of the various methods described above with reference to method 2600. For example, the user interface object, image view, visual representation, and other user interface components described above with respect to method 2600 have user interface objects, images as described herein (eg, methods 2200 through 2500) as appropriate. One or more of the features of the view, visual representation, and other user interface elements. For the sake of brevity, these details are not repeated below.
根據一些實施例,圖27展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件2700之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖27中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離,或其他定義。 27 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2700 configured in accordance with the principles of various described embodiments, in accordance with some embodiments. Functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, as appropriate, to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in FIG. 27 may be combined as appropriate or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Accordingly, the description herein supports any possible combinations or separations, or other definitions, of the functional blocks described herein as appropriate.
如圖27中所示,電子器件2700包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面之觸敏式顯示單元2702、經組態以接收旋轉輸入之可旋轉輸入機構單元2704、經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信之無線通信單元2706及耦接至觸敏式顯示單元2702、可旋轉輸入機構單元2704及無線通信單元2706之處理單元2708。在一些實施例中,處理單元2708包括接收單元 2710、顯示啟用單元2712、偵測單元2714、替換啟用單元2716、轉變啟用單元2718、平移啟用單元2720、判定單元2722、動畫化啟用單元2724及保持啟用單元2726。 As shown in FIG. 27, electronic device 2700 includes a touch-sensitive display unit 2702 configured to display a graphical user interface, a rotatable input mechanism unit 2704 configured to receive a rotational input, configured to transmit and receive A wireless communication unit 2706 for wireless communication and a processing unit 2708 coupled to the touch sensitive display unit 2702, the rotatable input mechanism unit 2704, and the wireless communication unit 2706. In some embodiments, processing unit 2708 includes a receiving unit 2710. Display enable unit 2712, detection unit 2714, replacement enable unit 2716, transition enable unit 2718, translation enable unit 2720, decision unit 2722, animation enable unit 2724, and hold enable unit 2726.
處理單元2708經組態以藉由無線通信單元2706經由無線通信(例如,利用接收單元2710)接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;(例如,利用顯示啟用單元2712)使得能夠在觸敏式顯示單元2702上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;及(例如,利用偵測單元2714)偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動。處理單元2708經進一步組態以回應於偵測到與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2716)使得能夠用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中第一表示及第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示。處理單元2708經進一步組態以(例如,利用偵測單元2714)偵測可旋轉輸入機構單元2704之第一移動;及回應於偵測到可旋轉輸入機構單元2704之第一移動,(例如,利用轉變啟用單元2718)使得能夠自影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變至該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以不同於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示。 Processing unit 2708 is configured to receive, via wireless communication unit 2706 via wireless communication (eg, with receiving unit 2710) data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; (eg, with display enable unit 2712) enabling touch The user interface of the user interface object is displayed on the sensitive display unit 2702. The user interface object represents a photo collection; and (eg, using the detecting unit 2714) to detect and display the first user of the user interface object. interactive. The processing unit 2708 is further configured to respond to detecting the first user interaction with the displayed user interface object (eg, with the replacement enable unit 2716) to enable replacement of the user interface with the display of the first view of the image Displaying, the image includes a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation are relative in the image Disposed in each other in a fixed position, and wherein, in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size. The processing unit 2708 is further configured to detect (eg, using the detection unit 2714) the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism unit 2704; and in response to detecting the first movement of the rotatable input mechanism unit 2704 (eg, Using the transition enabling unit 2718) to enable transition from display of the first view of the image to display of the second view of the image, wherein in the second view, the first representation is displayed in a second size different from the first size and Second representation.
在一些實施例中,第一尺寸大於第二尺寸。 In some embodiments, the first size is greater than the second size.
在一些實施例中,第一尺寸小於第二尺寸。 In some embodiments, the first size is smaller than the second size.
在一些實施例中,在第一視圖之中心處顯示的影像之部分顯示於第二視圖之中心處。 In some embodiments, a portion of the image displayed at the center of the first view is displayed at the center of the second view.
在一些實施例中,影像進一步包含第三表示,其中,在第一視圖中,第三表示包括整個第三相片之視覺表示,且其中,在第二視圖 中,第三表示包括小於整個第三相片之視覺表示。 In some embodiments, the image further comprises a third representation, wherein in the first view, the third representation comprises a visual representation of the entire third photo, and wherein, in the second view The third representation includes a visual representation that is less than the entire third photo.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2708經進一步組態以(例如,利用偵測單元2714)偵測觸敏式顯示單元2702上或附近之實體物件之第一移動;及當偵測到第一移動時,(例如,利用平移啟用單元2720)使得能夠在第一方向上平移顯示於觸敏式顯示單元2702上之影像以使得能夠顯示影像之先前隱藏邊緣。處理單元2708經進一步組態以回應於影像之先前隱藏邊緣之顯示及第一移動之持續偵測,(例如,藉由顯示啟用單元2712)使得能夠顯示超出影像之邊緣的區域,及在不再偵測第一移動之後,(例如,藉由平移啟用單元2718)使得能夠在第二方向上平移影像,直至不再顯示超出影像之邊緣的區域。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 2708 is further configured to detect (eg, using the detecting unit 2714) the first movement of the physical object on or near the touch-sensitive display unit 2702; and when the first movement is detected The image displayed on the touch-sensitive display unit 2702 can be panned in the first direction (eg, with the panning enable unit 2720) to enable display of the previously hidden edge of the image. The processing unit 2708 is further configured to respond to the display of the previously hidden edge of the image and the continuous detection of the first movement (eg, by the display enable unit 2712) to enable display of an area beyond the edge of the image, and no longer After detecting the first movement, (eg, by panning enable unit 2718) enables the image to be translated in the second direction until the area beyond the edge of the image is no longer displayed.
在一些實施例中,第一表示包括第一可視線索,且處理單元2708經進一步組態以(例如,利用偵測單元2714)偵測當顯示影像時觸敏式顯示單元2702上之接觸,(例如,利用判定單元2722)判定接觸是否表示第一可視線索之選擇,及回應於接觸表示第一可視線索之選擇的判定,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2716)使得能夠用第一相片之顯示替換影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, the first representation includes a first visual cue, and the processing unit 2708 is further configured to detect (eg, using the detection unit 2714) the contact on the touch-sensitive display unit 2702 when displaying the image, ( For example, the decision unit 2722) determines whether the contact represents a selection of the first visual cue, and in response to the decision to contact the selection of the first visual cue, (eg, with the replacement enable unit 2716) enabling replacement with the display of the first photo. Display of images.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2708經進一步組態以(例如,利用偵測單元2714)偵測當顯示第一相片時之第二使用者互動,及回應於偵測到第二使用者互動,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2716)使得能夠用第四相片之顯示替換第一相片之顯示,其中第四相片對應於鄰近影像中之第一表示的第四表示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 2708 is further configured to detect (eg, using detection unit 2714) a second user interaction when displaying the first photo, and in response to detecting the second user interaction, (For example, with the replacement enable unit 2716), the display of the first photo can be replaced with the display of the fourth photo, wherein the fourth photo corresponds to the fourth representation of the first representation in the adjacent image.
在一些實施例中,第二使用者互動為觸敏式顯示單元2702上之輕觸示意動作。 In some embodiments, the second user interaction is a light touch gesture on the touch sensitive display unit 2702.
在一些實施例中,第二使用者互動為觸敏式顯示單元1702上之滑移。 In some embodiments, the second user interaction is a slip on the touch-sensitive display unit 1702.
在一些實施例中,第二使用者互動為可旋轉輸入機構單元2704 之移動。 In some embodiments, the second user interaction is a rotatable input mechanism unit 2704 Move.
在一些實施例中,使得能夠用第四相片之顯示替換第一相片之顯示包含(例如,利用平移啟用單元2720)使得能夠平移第一相片之顯示離開顯示器以顯露以第三尺寸顯示之第四相片,及(例如,利用轉變啟用單元2718)使得能夠將第四相片之顯示自第三尺寸轉變至第四尺寸,其中第四尺寸大於第三尺寸。 In some embodiments, enabling display of the first photo to be replaced with the display of the fourth photo includes (eg, with panning enable unit 2720) enabling panning of the display of the first photo away from the display to reveal the fourth display in a third size The photo, and (eg, with the transition enable unit 2718), enables the display of the fourth photo to be transitioned from a third size to a fourth size, wherein the fourth size is greater than the third size.
在一些實施例中,使得能夠將第四相片之顯示自第三尺寸轉變至第四尺寸包括(例如,利用動畫化啟用單元2724)使得能夠動畫化第四相片自第三尺寸放大至第四尺寸。 In some embodiments, enabling the display of the fourth photo to transition from the third size to the fourth size includes (eg, with an animation enable unit 2724) enabling animating the fourth photo from the third size to the fourth size .
在一些實施例中,處理單元2708經進一步組態以回應於接觸並不表示第一可視線索之選擇的判定,使得能夠保持影像在顯示器上之顯示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 2708 is further configured to respond to a determination that the contact does not indicate a selection of the first visual cue, such that display of the image on the display can be maintained.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示相片應用程式之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of a photo application.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示含有相片集合之電子資料夾之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of an electronic data folder containing a collection of photos.
在一些實施例中,與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動為輕觸示意動作。 In some embodiments, interacting with the first user of the displayed user interface item is a light touch gesture.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示為對應相片之縮略圖影像。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are thumbnail images corresponding to the photo.
在一些實施例中,電子器件為可穿戴電子器件。 In some embodiments, the electronic device is a wearable electronic device.
在一些實施例中,外部器件為智慧型電話。 In some embodiments, the external device is a smart phone.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示以直線柵格圖案配置。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are arranged in a linear grid pattern.
視情況由圖1A至圖1B及圖27中所描繪之組件實施上文參考圖22所描述之操作。舉例而言,可藉由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施參考區塊2206及/或2208描述之操作。事件分類 器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊遞送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180將事件資訊與各別事件定義186進行比較,且判定在觸敏式表面上之第一位置處之第一接觸是否對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如使用者介面上之可視線索之啟動。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯的事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177以更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178以更新由應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚,可如何基於圖1A至圖1B及圖27中所描繪之組件來實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to Figure 22 are performed by the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 27 as appropriate. For example, the operations described by reference blocks 2206 and/or 2208 can be implemented by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event classification The event monitor 171 in the device 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event recognizer 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186 and determines whether the first contact at the first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. , such as the initiation of visual cues on the user interface. Event detector 180 initiates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of an event or sub-event when a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected. The event handler 190 can utilize or invoke the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses respective GUI update programs 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that other processing procedures can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 27.
根據一些實施例,圖28展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件2800之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖28中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離或其他定義。 28 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2800 configured in accordance with the principles of various described embodiments, in accordance with some embodiments. Functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, as appropriate, to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in FIG. 28 may be combined as appropriate or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Accordingly, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation or other definition of the functional blocks described herein as appropriate.
如圖28中所示,電子器件2800包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸之觸敏式顯示單元2802、經組態以接收旋轉輸入之可旋轉輸入機構單元2804、經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信之無線通信單元2806及耦接至觸敏式顯示單元2802、可旋轉輸入機構單元2804及無線通信單元2806之處理單元2808。 As shown in FIG. 28, electronic device 2800 includes a touch-sensitive display unit 2802 configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts, a rotatable input mechanism unit 2804 configured to receive a rotational input, configured to A wireless communication unit 2806 that transmits and receives wireless communication and a processing unit 2808 coupled to the touch-sensitive display unit 2802, the rotatable input mechanism unit 2804, and the wireless communication unit 2806.
處理單元2808經組態以藉由無線通信單元2806經由無線通信(例如,利用接收單元2810)接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;(例如,利用顯示啟用單元2812)使得能夠在觸敏式顯示單元2802 上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;及(例如,利用偵測單元2814)偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動。處理單元2808經進一步組態以回應於偵測到與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2816)使得能夠用影像之第一視圖之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中第一表示及第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中,在第一視圖中,以第一尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示。處理單元2808經進一步組態以(例如,利用偵測單元2814)偵測當顯示第一視圖時觸敏式顯示單元2802上之接觸;(例如,利用判定單元2820)判定接觸是否表示第一表示之選擇;及回應於接觸表示第一表示之選擇的判定,(例如,利用轉變啟用單元2818)使得能夠自影像之第一視圖之顯示轉變至該影像之第二視圖之顯示,其中,在第二視圖中,以大於第一尺寸之第二尺寸顯示第一表示及第二表示,且其中第一表示顯示於影像之第二視圖之中心處。 Processing unit 2808 is configured to receive, via wireless communication unit 2806 via wireless communication (eg, with receiving unit 2810) data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; (eg, with display enable unit 2812) enabling touch Sensitive display unit 2802 Displaying a user interface including a user interface object, the user interface object representing a photo collection; and (eg, using the detection unit 2814) detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object. The processing unit 2808 is further configured to respond to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object (eg, with the replacement enable unit 2816) to enable replacement of the display of the user interface with the display of the first view of the image The image includes a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation are relative to each other in the image Arranged in a fixed position, and wherein, in the first view, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a first size. The processing unit 2808 is further configured to detect (eg, by the detecting unit 2814) the contact on the touch-sensitive display unit 2802 when displaying the first view; (eg, using the determining unit 2820) to determine whether the contact represents the first representation Selecting; and in response to the decision to contact the selection indicating the first representation, (eg, using transition enable unit 2818) to enable transition from display of the first view of the image to display of the second view of the image, wherein In the two views, the first representation and the second representation are displayed in a second size greater than the first size, and wherein the first representation is displayed at the center of the second view of the image.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2808經進一步組態以回應於接觸並不表示第一表示之選擇的判定,(例如,利用保持啟用單元2822)使得能夠保持影像之第一視圖在觸敏式顯示單元2802上之顯示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 2808 is further configured to respond to a determination that the contact does not indicate a selection of the first representation, (eg, with retention enable unit 2822) to enable the first view of the image to be maintained in a touch-sensitive display Display on unit 2802.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示相片應用程式之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of a photo application.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示含有相片集合之電子資料夾之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of an electronic data folder containing a collection of photos.
在一些實施例中,與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動為輕觸示意動作。 In some embodiments, interacting with the first user of the displayed user interface item is a light touch gesture.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示為對應相片之縮略圖影像。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are thumbnail images corresponding to the photo.
在一些實施例中,電子器件為可穿戴電子器件。 In some embodiments, the electronic device is a wearable electronic device.
在一些實施例中,外部器件為智慧型電話。 In some embodiments, the external device is a smart phone.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示以直線柵格圖案配置。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are arranged in a linear grid pattern.
視情況由圖1A至圖1B及圖28中所描繪之組件實施上文參考圖23所描述之操作。舉例而言,可藉由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施參考區塊2306及/或2308描述之操作。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊遞送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180將事件資訊與各別事件定義186進行比較,且判定在觸敏式表面上之第一位置處之第一接觸是否對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如使用者介面上之可視線索之啟動。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯的事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177以更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178以更新由應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚,可如何基於圖1A至圖1B及圖28中所描繪之組件來實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to Figure 23 are performed by the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 28 as appropriate. For example, the operations described by reference block 2306 and/or 2308 can be implemented by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event recognizer 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186 and determines whether the first contact at the first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. , such as the initiation of visual cues on the user interface. Event detector 180 initiates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of an event or sub-event when a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected. The event handler 190 can utilize or invoke the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses respective GUI update programs 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that other processing procedures can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 28.
根據一些實施例,圖29展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件2900之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖29中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離或其他定義。 29 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 2900 configured in accordance with the principles of various described embodiments, in accordance with some embodiments. Functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, as appropriate, to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in FIG. 29 may be combined as appropriate or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Accordingly, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation or other definition of the functional blocks described herein as appropriate.
如圖29中所示,電子器件2900包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸之觸敏式顯示單元2902、經組態以接收旋轉輸入之可旋 轉輸入機構單元2904、經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信之無線通信單元2906及耦接至觸敏式顯示單元2902、可旋轉輸入機構單元2904及無線通信單元2906之處理單元2908。 As shown in FIG. 29, the electronic device 2900 includes a touch sensitive display unit 2902 configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts, configured to receive a rotational input. The input mechanism unit 2904, the wireless communication unit 2906 configured to transmit and receive wireless communication, and the processing unit 2908 coupled to the touch-sensitive display unit 2902, the rotatable input mechanism unit 2904, and the wireless communication unit 2906.
處理單元2908經組態以藉由無線通信單元2906經由無線通信(例如,利用接收單元2910)接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;(例如,利用顯示啟用單元2912)使得能夠在觸敏式顯示單元2902上顯示包括使用者介面物件之使用者介面,該使用者介面物件表示相片集合;及(例如,利用偵測單元2914)偵測與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動。處理單元2908經進一步組態以回應於偵測到與所顯示使用者介面物件之使用者互動,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2916)使得能夠用一影像替換使用者介面之顯示,該影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中第一表示及第二表示在影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中;(例如,利用偵測單元2914)偵測觸敏式顯示單元2902上之接觸之第一接觸點,其中第一接觸點對應於影像上之第一位置;(例如,利用判定單元2920)判定接觸之持續時間是否超出預定臨限值;及回應於接觸之持續時間超出預定臨限值的判定,(例如,利用顯示啟用單元2912)使得能夠顯示第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分之放大視圖。 Processing unit 2908 is configured to receive, via wireless communication unit 2906 via wireless communication (eg, with receiving unit 2910) data representing a collection of photos stored on an external device; (eg, with display enable unit 2912) enabling touch The user interface of the user interface object is displayed on the sensitive display unit 2902. The user interface object represents a photo collection; and (eg, using the detecting unit 2914) to detect user interaction with the displayed user interface object. The processing unit 2908 is further configured to respond to detecting user interaction with the displayed user interface object (eg, with the replacement enable unit 2916) to enable replacement of the display of the user interface with an image, the image including a first representation of the visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second of the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation are disposed in the image relative to each other in a fixed position (eg, using detection unit 2914) detecting a first contact point of contact on touch-sensitive display unit 2902, wherein the first contact point corresponds to a first location on the image; (eg, using decision unit 2920) Whether the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold; and in response to the determination that the duration of the contact exceeds a predetermined threshold, (eg, with display enable unit 2912) enables display of a portion of the image around or adjacent to the first location Zoom in on the view.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2908經進一步組態以(例如,利用偵測單元2914)偵測接觸沿觸敏式顯示單元2902至對應於影像上之第二位置之第二接觸點的平移;及回應於偵測到接觸至第二接觸點之平移,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2916)使得能夠用第二位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之一部分之放大視圖替換第一位置周圍或鄰近處之影像之部分之放大視圖的顯示。 In some embodiments, the processing unit 2908 is further configured to detect (eg, using the detecting unit 2914) the translation of the contact along the touch-sensitive display unit 2902 to the second contact point corresponding to the second position on the image; And in response to detecting a translation of the contact to the second contact point (eg, with the replacement enable unit 2916), enabling replacement of the vicinity of or adjacent to the first location with an enlarged view of a portion of the image around or adjacent the second location A magnified view of the portion of the image.
在一些實施例中,放大視圖包括影像之該部分的環形顯示。 In some embodiments, the magnified view includes a circular display of the portion of the image.
在一些實施例中,第一位置與第一表示相關聯,且放大視圖為第一相片之影像。 In some embodiments, the first location is associated with the first representation and the magnified view is an image of the first photo.
在一些實施例中,放大視圖在觸敏式顯示單元2902上顯示於接觸點上方。 In some embodiments, an enlarged view is displayed over the touch point on the touch sensitive display unit 2902.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2908經進一步組態以回應於接觸之持續時間並不超出預定臨限值的判定,(例如,利用保持啟用單元2922)使得能夠保持影像在觸敏式顯示單元2902上之顯示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to respond to a determination that the duration of the contact does not exceed a predetermined threshold (eg, with hold enable unit 2922) to enable the image to remain in touch-sensitive display unit 2902 Display on the top.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2908經進一步組態以回應於接觸之持續時間並不超出預定臨限值的判定,(例如,利用替換啟用單元2916)使得能夠用對應於影像上之第一位置的相片之顯示替換影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to respond to a determination that the duration of the contact does not exceed a predetermined threshold, (eg, with replacement enable unit 2916) enabling use with a first location corresponding to the image The display of the photo replaces the display of the image.
在一些實施例中,處理單元2908經進一步組態以回應於接觸之持續時間並不超出預定臨限值的判定,(例如,利用轉變啟用單元2918)使得能夠自影像之顯示轉變至居中於影像上之第一位置上的影像之放大視圖。 In some embodiments, processing unit 2908 is further configured to respond to a determination that the duration of the contact does not exceed a predetermined threshold (eg, with transition enable unit 2918) to enable transition from image display to centered image An enlarged view of the image on the first position above.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示相片應用程式之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of a photo application.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示含有相片集合之電子資料夾之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of an electronic data folder containing a collection of photos.
在一些實施例中,與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動為輕觸示意動作。 In some embodiments, interacting with the first user of the displayed user interface item is a light touch gesture.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示為對應相片之縮略圖影像。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are thumbnail images corresponding to the photo.
在一些實施例中,電子器件為可穿戴電子器件。 In some embodiments, the electronic device is a wearable electronic device.
在一些實施例中,外部器件為智慧型電話。 In some embodiments, the external device is a smart phone.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示以直線柵格圖案配置。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are arranged in a linear grid pattern.
視情況由圖1A至圖1B及圖29中所描繪之組件實施上文參考圖24所描述之操作。舉例而言,可藉由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施參考區塊2406、2408、2410、2412及/或2414所描述之操作。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊遞送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180將事件資訊與各別事件定義186進行比較,且判定在觸敏式表面上之第一位置處之第一接觸是否對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如使用者介面上之可視線索之啟動。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯的事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177以更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178以更新由應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚,可如何基於圖1A至圖1B及圖29中所描繪之組件來實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to Figure 24 are performed by the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 29 as appropriate. For example, the operations described by reference blocks 2406, 2408, 2410, 2412, and/or 2414 can be implemented by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event recognizer 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186 and determines whether the first contact at the first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. , such as the initiation of visual cues on the user interface. Event detector 180 initiates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of an event or sub-event when a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected. The event handler 190 can utilize or invoke the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses respective GUI update programs 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that other processing procedures can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 29.
根據一些實施例,圖30展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件3000之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖30中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離或其他定義。 30 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 3000 configured in accordance with the principles of various described embodiments, in accordance with some embodiments. Functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, as appropriate, to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in FIG. 30 may be combined as appropriate or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Accordingly, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation or other definition of the functional blocks described herein as appropriate.
如圖30中所示,電子器件3000包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸之觸敏式顯示單元3002,其中觸敏式顯示單元3002包含一或多個強度感測器單元3022以偵測與觸敏式顯示單元3002之接觸強度;經組態以接收旋轉輸入之可旋轉輸入機構單元3004;經組態以傳 輸及接收無線通信之無線通信單元3006;及耦接至觸敏式顯示單元3002、一或多個強度感測器單元3022、可旋轉輸入機構單元3004及無線通信單元3006之處理單元3008。 As shown in FIG. 30, electronic device 3000 includes a touch-sensitive display unit 3002 configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts, wherein touch-sensitive display unit 3002 includes one or more intensity sensor units 3022 to Detecting contact strength with the touch sensitive display unit 3002; a rotatable input mechanism unit 3004 configured to receive a rotary input; configured to transmit a wireless communication unit 3006 for transmitting and receiving wireless communication; and a processing unit 3008 coupled to the touch sensitive display unit 3002, the one or more intensity sensor units 3022, the rotatable input mechanism unit 3004, and the wireless communication unit 3006.
處理單元3008經組態以藉由無線通信單元3006經由無線通信(例如,利用接收單元3010)接收表示第一相片集合及第二相片集合之資料,其中第一集合及第二集合儲存於外部器件上;(例如,利用顯示啟用單元3012)使得能夠在觸敏式顯示單元3002上顯示包括表示第一集合之使用者介面物件之使用者介面;(例如,利用偵測單元3014)偵測與使用者介面物件之使用者互動;回應於偵測到與使用者介面物件之使用者互動,(例如,利用替換啟用單元3016)使得能夠用表示第一相片集合之第一影像之顯示替換使用者介面之顯示;(例如,用偵測單元3014)偵測當顯示第一影像時觸敏式顯示單元3002上之接觸;(例如,利用判定單元3020)判定接觸是否具有高於臨限強度之特性強度;及回應於特性強度高於臨限強度的判定,(例如,利用替換啟用單元3016)使得能夠用表示第二相片集合之第二影像之顯示替換第一影像之顯示。 The processing unit 3008 is configured to receive data representing the first photo collection and the second photo collection via the wireless communication unit 3006 via wireless communication (eg, using the receiving unit 3010), wherein the first set and the second set are stored in the external device The user interface including the user interface object representing the first set is displayed on the touch-sensitive display unit 3002 (for example, by using the detecting unit 3014) for detecting and using (for example, by using the display enabling unit 3012) User interaction of the interface object; in response to detecting user interaction with the user interface object (eg, with the replacement enable unit 3016), the user interface can be replaced with a display representing the first image of the first photo collection Displaying (for example, detecting unit 3014) detecting contact on touch-sensitive display unit 3002 when displaying the first image; (eg, using determining unit 3020) determining whether the contact has a characteristic intensity higher than the threshold intensity And in response to the determination that the characteristic strength is higher than the threshold strength, (eg, with the replacement enabling unit 3016) enabling the use of the second photo collection The display of the two images replaces the display of the first image.
在一些實施例中,第一影像包括指示第一相片集合之第一覆蓋影像,且第二影像包括指示第二相片集合之第二覆蓋影像。 In some embodiments, the first image includes a first overlay image indicating the first photo collection, and the second image includes a second overlay image indicating the second photo collection.
在一些實施例中,第一影像包含包括相片集合中之第一相片之視覺表示的第一表示及包括相片集合中之第二相片之視覺表示的第二表示,其中第一表示及第二表示在第一影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中,且其中第二影像包含包括第二相片集合中之第三相片之視覺表示的第三表示及包括第二相片集合中之第四相片之視覺表示的第四表示,其中第三表示及第四表示在第二影像中相對於彼此配置於固定位置中。 In some embodiments, the first image includes a first representation comprising a visual representation of the first photo in the collection of photos and a second representation comprising a visual representation of the second photo in the collection of photos, wherein the first representation and the second representation Arranging in a fixed position relative to each other in the first image, and wherein the second image comprises a third representation comprising a visual representation of the third photo in the second collection of photos and a visual representation comprising the fourth photo in the second collection of photos A fourth representation of the representation, wherein the third representation and the fourth representation are disposed in a fixed position relative to each other in the second image.
在一些實施例中,處理單元3008經進一步組態以回應於特性強 度並不高於臨限強度的判定,(例如,利用轉變啟用單元3018)使得能夠自第一影像之顯示轉變至第一影像之放大視圖。 In some embodiments, processing unit 3008 is further configured to respond to strong characteristics The determination that the degree is not higher than the threshold strength (eg, with the transition enabling unit 3018) enables transition from the display of the first image to the magnified view of the first image.
在一些實施例中,處理單元3008經進一步組態以回應於特性強度並不高於臨限強度的判定,(例如,利用替換啟用單元3016)使得能夠用第一相片集合中之相片之顯示替換第一影像之顯示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 3008 is further configured to respond to a determination that the characteristic strength is not above the threshold strength (eg, with replacement enable unit 3016) to enable replacement of the display of the photo in the first photo collection Display of the first image.
在一些實施例中,第一表示、第二表示、第三表示及第四表示為對應相片之縮略圖影像。 In some embodiments, the first representation, the second representation, the third representation, and the fourth representation are thumbnail images corresponding to the photo.
在一些實施例中,第一表示及第二表示在第一影像中以直線柵格圖案配置,且第三表示及第四表示在第二影像中以直線柵格圖案配置。 In some embodiments, the first representation and the second representation are arranged in a linear grid pattern in the first image, and the third representation and the fourth representation are arranged in a linear grid pattern in the second image.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示相片應用程式之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of a photo application.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面物件為表示含有相片集合之電子資料夾之圖示。 In some embodiments, the user interface object is an illustration of an electronic data folder containing a collection of photos.
在一些實施例中,與所顯示使用者介面物件之第一使用者互動為輕觸示意動作。 In some embodiments, interacting with the first user of the displayed user interface item is a light touch gesture.
在一些實施例中,電子器件為可穿戴電子器件。 In some embodiments, the electronic device is a wearable electronic device.
在一些實施例中,外部器件為智慧型電話。 In some embodiments, the external device is a smart phone.
視情況由圖1A至圖1B及圖30中所描繪之組件實施上文參考圖25所描述之操作。舉例而言,可藉由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施參考區塊2506、2508、2510、2512及/或2514所描述之操作。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊遞送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180將事件資訊與各別事件定義186進行比較,且判定在觸敏式表面上之第一位置處之第一接觸是否對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如使用者介面上之可視線索之啟 動。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵測相關聯的事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177以更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178以更新由應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚,可如何基於圖1A至圖1B及圖30中所描繪之組件來實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to Figure 25 are implemented by the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and Figure 30, as appropriate. For example, the operations described by reference blocks 2506, 2508, 2510, 2512, and/or 2514 can be implemented by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event recognizer 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186 and determines whether the first contact at the first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. , such as the visual clues on the user interface move. Event detector 180 initiates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of an event or sub-event when a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected. The event handler 190 can utilize or invoke the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses respective GUI update programs 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that other processing procedures can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B and 30.
根據一些實施例,圖31展示根據各種所描述實施例之原理組態的電子器件3100之功能方塊圖。視情況藉由硬體、軟體或硬體及軟體之組合實施器件之功能區塊,以進行各種所描述實施例之原理。熟習此項技術者應理解,視情況組合圖31中所描述之功能區塊,或將其分離成子區塊以實施各種所描述實施例之原理。因此,本文中之描述視情況支援本文中所描述之功能區塊的任何可能組合或分離或其他定義。 31 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 3100 configured in accordance with the principles of various described embodiments, in accordance with some embodiments. Functional blocks of the device are implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software, as appropriate, to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the functional blocks described in FIG. 31 may be combined as appropriate or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Accordingly, the description herein supports any possible combination or separation or other definition of the functional blocks described herein as appropriate.
如圖31中所示,電子器件3100包括經組態以顯示圖形使用者介面及接收接觸之觸敏式顯示單元3102,其中觸敏式顯示單元3102包含一或多個強度感測器單元3122以偵測與觸敏式顯示單元3102之接觸強度;經組態以接收旋轉輸入之可旋轉輸入機構單元3104;經組態以傳輸及接收無線通信之無線通信單元3106;及耦接至觸敏式顯示單元3102、一或多個強度感測器單元3122、可旋轉輸入機構單元3104及無線通信單元3106之處理單元3108。 As shown in FIG. 31, electronic device 3100 includes a touch-sensitive display unit 3102 configured to display a graphical user interface and receive contacts, wherein touch-sensitive display unit 3102 includes one or more intensity sensor units 3122 Detecting contact strength with touch sensitive display unit 3102; rotatable input mechanism unit 3104 configured to receive rotational input; wireless communication unit 3106 configured to transmit and receive wireless communication; and coupled to touch sensitive The display unit 3102, the one or more intensity sensor units 3122, the rotatable input mechanism unit 3104, and the processing unit 3108 of the wireless communication unit 3106.
處理單元3108經組態以藉由無線通信單元3106經由無線通信(例如,利用接收單元3110)接收表示儲存於外部器件上之相片集合的資料;(例如,利用顯示啟用單元3112)使得能夠在觸敏式顯示單元3102上顯示該集合中之相片中之至少一者;在至少一所顯示相片之第一相片之位置處(例如,利用偵測單元3114)偵測觸敏式顯示單元3102上之 接觸;(例如,利用判定單元3118)判定接觸是否具有高於臨限強度之特性強度;及回應於特性強度高於臨限強度的判定,(例如,利用顯示啟用單元3112)使得能夠顯示包括至少一使用者介面物件之使用者介面功能表,其中使用者介面物件表示用以分享第一相片或在電子器件之顯示器上顯示第一相片作為使用者介面之背景的選項。 The processing unit 3108 is configured to receive, via the wireless communication unit 3106 via wireless communication (eg, with the receiving unit 3110) data representing a collection of photos stored on the external device; (eg, with the display enable unit 3112) enabling touch The sensitive display unit 3102 displays at least one of the photos in the set; and detects the position on the touch-sensitive display unit 3102 at the position of the first photo of the at least one displayed photo (for example, by using the detecting unit 3114) Contacting (eg, using decision unit 3118) to determine if the contact has a characteristic strength above a threshold strength; and in response to a determination that the characteristic strength is above a threshold intensity, (eg, with display enable unit 3112) enabling display to include at least A user interface function table of a user interface object, wherein the user interface object represents an option to share the first photo or display the first photo on the display of the electronic device as the background of the user interface.
在一些實施例中,使用者介面包含背景、指示當日時間之第一使用者介面物件及指示日期之第二使用者介面物件,其中第二使用者介面物件之外觀與背景融合。 In some embodiments, the user interface includes a background, a first user interface object indicating the time of day, and a second user interface object indicating the date, wherein the appearance of the second user interface object is merged with the background.
在一些實施例中,處理單元3108經進一步組態以回應於特性強度並不高於臨限強度的判定,(例如,利用保持啟用單元3120)使得能夠保持相片集合中之相片中之至少一者的顯示。 In some embodiments, processing unit 3108 is further configured to respond to a determination that the characteristic strength is not above the threshold strength (eg, with retention enable unit 3120) to enable retention of at least one of the photos in the photo collection Display.
在一些實施例中,集合中之相片中之至少一者為第一相片,且處理單元3108經進一步組態以回應於特性強度並不高於臨限強度的判定,(例如,利用替換啟用單元3116)使得能夠用相片集合中之第二相片之顯示替換第一相片之顯示。 In some embodiments, at least one of the photos in the collection is a first photo, and processing unit 3108 is further configured to respond to a determination that the characteristic strength is not above the threshold strength (eg, with a replacement enable unit) 3116) enabling replacement of the display of the first photo with the display of the second photo in the photo collection.
在一些實施例中,電子器件為可穿戴電子器件。 In some embodiments, the electronic device is a wearable electronic device.
在一些實施例中,外部器件為智慧型電話。 In some embodiments, the external device is a smart phone.
視情況由圖1A至圖1B及圖31中所描繪之組件實施上文參考圖26所描述之操作。舉例而言,可藉由事件分類器170、事件辨識器180及事件處置程式190實施參考區塊2606、2608及/或2610所描述之操作。事件分類器170中之事件監視器171偵測觸敏式顯示器112上的接觸,且事件分派程式模組174將事件資訊遞送至應用程式136-1。應用程式136-1之各別事件辨識器180將事件資訊與各別事件定義186進行比較,且判定在觸敏式表面上之第一位置處之第一接觸是否對應於預定義事件或子事件,諸如使用者介面上之可視線索之啟動。當偵測到各別預定義事件或子事件時,事件辨識器180啟動與事件或子事件之偵 測相關聯的事件處置程式190。事件處置程式190可利用或調用資料更新程式176或物件更新程式177以更新應用程式內部狀態192。在一些實施例中,事件處置程式190存取各別GUI更新程式178以更新由應用程式所顯示之內容。類似地,一般熟習此項技術者將清楚,可如何基於圖1A至圖1B及圖31中所描繪之組件來實施其他處理程序。 The operations described above with reference to Figure 26 are implemented by the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 31 as appropriate. For example, the operations described by reference blocks 2606, 2608, and/or 2610 can be implemented by event classifier 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. The event monitor 171 in the event classifier 170 detects the contact on the touch-sensitive display 112, and the event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to the application 136-1. The respective event recognizer 180 of the application 136-1 compares the event information with the respective event definition 186 and determines whether the first contact at the first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event. , such as the initiation of visual cues on the user interface. Event recognizer 180 initiates an event or sub-event detection when a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected The associated event handler 190 is tested. The event handler 190 can utilize or invoke the data update program 176 or the object update program 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses respective GUI update programs 178 to update the content displayed by the application. Similarly, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that other processing procedures can be implemented based on the components depicted in Figures 1A-1B and 31.
為達成解釋之目的,已參考具體實施例描述了上述描述。然而,上文之說明性論述並不意欲為詳盡性的,亦並不意欲將本發明限於所揭示之精確形式。鑒於以上教示,許多修改及變化係可能的。選擇及描述實施例以便最佳地解釋該等技術及其實際應用之原理。藉此使得熟習此項技術者能夠最佳地利用該等技術及具有適合於所涵蓋之特定使用的各種修改的各種實施例。 For the purposes of explanation, the foregoing description has been described with reference to the specific embodiments. However, the above description is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in light of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its application. This will enable those skilled in the art to make the best use of the various embodiments and various embodiments of the various modifications.
雖然已參看隨附圖式充分描述本發明及實例,但應注意,各種改變及修改將對熟習此項技術者變得顯而易見。應將此等改變及修改理解為包括於本發明之範疇內,且將實例理解為由申請專利範圍定義。 Although the present invention and its embodiments have been described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it will be understood that Such changes and modifications are to be understood as included within the scope of the invention, and the examples are understood to be defined by the scope of the claims.
100‧‧‧攜帶型多功能器件 100‧‧‧Portable Multifunction Devices
111‧‧‧揚聲器 111‧‧‧Speakers
112‧‧‧觸敏式顯示器系統/觸控式螢幕 112‧‧‧Touch-sensitive display system / touch screen
113‧‧‧麥克風 113‧‧‧ microphone
124‧‧‧外部埠 124‧‧‧External information
164‧‧‧光學感測器 164‧‧‧Optical sensor
165‧‧‧接觸強度感測器 165‧‧‧Contact intensity sensor
166‧‧‧近接感測器 166‧‧‧ proximity sensor
167‧‧‧觸覺輸出產生器 167‧‧‧Tactile output generator
168‧‧‧加速度計 168‧‧‧Accelerometer
200‧‧‧使用者介面 200‧‧‧User interface
202‧‧‧手指 202‧‧‧ fingers
203‧‧‧觸控筆 203‧‧‧ stylus
204‧‧‧「首頁」或功能表按鈕 204‧‧‧"Home" or menu button
206‧‧‧推按按鈕 206‧‧‧Push button
208‧‧‧音量調整按鈕 208‧‧‧Volume adjustment button
210‧‧‧用戶識別模組(SIM)卡槽 210‧‧‧User Identification Module (SIM) card slot
212‧‧‧耳機插口 212‧‧‧ headphone jack
Claims (164)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201462044959P | 2014-09-02 | 2014-09-02 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201610823A true TW201610823A (en) | 2016-03-16 |
Family
ID=56085185
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW104107329A TW201610823A (en) | 2014-09-02 | 2015-03-06 | Reduced size user interface |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TW201610823A (en) |
-
2015
- 2015-03-06 TW TW104107329A patent/TW201610823A/en unknown
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US12118181B2 (en) | Reduced size user interface | |
JP7525555B2 (en) | Continuity | |
US10884592B2 (en) | Control of system zoom magnification using a rotatable input mechanism | |
US10200587B2 (en) | Remote camera user interface | |
US20200348822A1 (en) | User interfaces for widgets | |
TWI537810B (en) | Reduced size user interface | |
TWI590144B (en) | Reduced size configuration interface | |
TWI614666B (en) | Method for displaying and managing reduced-sized notification interface and electronic device | |
TWI592858B (en) | Reduced-size user interfaces for dynamically updated application overviews | |
TW201610779A (en) | Multi-dimensional object rearrangement | |
US20240323313A1 (en) | User interfaces for providing live video | |
TW201610823A (en) | Reduced size user interface | |
TW201610812A (en) | Stopwatch and timer user interfaces |